part qw welding - daum

ASME B&PVC sec9$$$$u5 04-28-99 13:24:42 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04

PART QW WELDING

ARTICLE IWELDING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

QW-100 GENERAL

Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure VesselCode relates to the qualification of welders, weldingoperators, brazers, and brazing operators, and the proce-dures that they employ in welding and brazing accordingto the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code andthe ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping. It is dividedinto two parts: Part QW gives requirements for weldingand Part QB contains requirements for brazing.

QW-100.1 The purpose of the Welding ProcedureSpecification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record(PQR) is to determine that the weldment proposedfor construction is capable of providing the requiredproperties for its intended application. It is presupposedthat the welder or welding operator performing thewelding procedure qualification test is a skilled work-man. That is, the welding procedure qualification testestablishes the properties of the weldment, not the skillof the welder or welding operator. In addition to thisgeneral requirement, special considerations for notchtoughness are required by other Sections of the Code.Briefly, a WPS lists the variables, both essential andnonessential, and the acceptable ranges of these variableswhen using the WPS. The WPS is intended to providedirection for the welder /welding operator. The PQRlists what was used in qualifying the WPS and thetest results.

QW-100.2 In performance qualification, the basiccriterion established for welder qualification is to deter-mine the welder’s ability to deposit sound weld metal.The purpose of the performance qualification test for thewelding operator is to determine the welding operator’smechanical ability to operate the welding equipment.

1

QW-100.3 Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS)written and qualified in accordance with the rules ofthis Section, and welders and welding operators ofautomatic and machine welding equipment also qualifiedin accordance with these rules may be used in anyconstruction built to the requirements of the ASMEBoiler and Pressure Vessel Code or the ASME B31Code for Pressure Piping.

However, other Sections of the Code state the condi-tions under which Section IX requirements are manda-tory, in whole or in part, and give additional require-ments. The reader is advised to take these provisionsinto consideration when using this Section.

Welding Procedure Specifications, Procedure Quali-fication Records, and Welder /Welding Operator Per-formance Qualification made in accordance with therequirements of the 1962 Edition or any later Editionof Section IX may be used in any construction builtto the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or theASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping.

Welding Procedure Specifications, Procedure Quali-fication Records, and Welder /Welding Operator Per-formance Qualification made in accordance with therequirements of the Editions of Section IX prior to1962, in which all of the requirements of the 1962Edition or later Editions are met, may also be used.

Welding Procedure Specifications and Welder/Weld-ing Operator Performance Qualification records meetingthe above requirements do not need to be amended to in-clude any variables required by later Editions and Ad-denda.

Qualification of new Welding Procedure Specifica-tions or Welders/Welding Operators and requalificationof existing Welding Procedure Specifications orWelders/Welding Operators shall be in accordance withthe current Edition (see Foreword) and Addenda of Sec-tion IX.


A99

A99

QW-101 1998 SECTION IX QW-123.1

QW-101 Scope

The rules in this Section apply to the preparationof Welding Procedure Specifications and the qualifica-tion of welding procedures, welders, and welding opera-tors for all types of manual and machine weldingprocesses permitted in this Section. These rules mayalso be applied, insofar as they are applicable, to othermanual or machine welding processes permitted in otherSections.

QW-102 Terms and Definitions

Some of the more common terms relating to weldingand brazing are defined in QW-492.

Wherever the word pipe is designated, tube shallalso be applicable.

QW-103 Responsibility

QW-103.1 Welding.Each manufacturer1 or contrac-tor1 is responsible for the welding done by his organiza-tion and shall conduct the tests required in this Sectionto qualify the welding procedures he uses in the con-struction of the weldments built under this Code, andthe performance of welders and welding operators whoapply these procedures.

QW-103.2 Records.Each manufacturer or contractorshall maintain a record of the results obtained in weldingprocedure and welder and welding operator performancequalifications. These records shall be certified by themanufacturer or contractor and shall be accessible tothe Authorized Inspector. Refer to recommended Formsin Nonmandatory Appendix B.

QW-110 WELD ORIENTATION

The orientations of welds are illustrated in QW-461.1 or QW-461.2.

QW-120 TEST POSITIONS FOR GROOVEWELDS

Groove welds may be made in test coupons orientedin any of the positions in QW-461.3 or QW-461.4 and

1 Wherever these words are used in Section IX, they shall includeinstaller or assembler.

2

as described in the following paragraphs, except thatan angular deviation of615 deg. from the specifiedhorizontal and vertical planes, and an angular deviationof 65 deg. from the specified inclined plane are permit-ted during welding.

QW-121 Plate Positions

QW-121.1 Flat Position 1G. Plate in a horizontalplane with the weld metal deposited from above. Referto QW-461.3 sketch (a).

QW-121.2 Horizontal Position 2G.Plate in a verticalplane with the axis of the weld horizontal. Refer toQW-461.3 sketch (b).

QW-121.3 Vertical Position 3G.Plate in a verticalplane with the axis of the weld vertical. Refer to QW-461.3 sketch (c).

QW-121.4 Overhead Position 4G.Plate in a hori-zontal plane with the weld metal deposited from under-neath. Refer to QW-461.3 sketch (d).

QW-122 Pipe Positions

QW-122.1 Flat Position 1G. Pipe with its axishorizontal and rolled during welding so that the weldmetal is deposited from above. Refer to QW-461.4sketch (a).

QW-122.2 Horizontal Position 2G. Pipe with itsaxis vertical and the axis of the weld in a horizontalplane. Pipe shall not be rotated during welding. Referto QW-461.4 sketch (b).

QW-122.3 Multiple Position 5G. Pipe with its axishorizontal and with the welding groove in a verticalplane. Welding shall be done without rotating the pipe.Refer to QW-461.4 sketch (c).

QW-122.4 Multiple Position 6G. Pipe with its axisinclined at 45 deg. to horizontal. Welding shall bedone without rotating the pipe. Refer to QW-461.4sketch (d).

QW-123 Test Positions for Stud Welds

QW-123.1 Stud Welding.Stud welds may be madein test coupons oriented in any of the positions asdescribed in QW-121 for plate and QW-122 for pipe(excluding QW-122.1). In all cases, the stud shall be

QW-123.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-143

perpendicular to the surface of the plate or pipe. SeeQW-461.7 and QW-461.8.

QW-130 TEST POSITIONS FOR FILLETWELDS

Fillet welds may be made in test coupons orientedin any of the positions of QW-461.5 or QW-461.6,and as described in the following paragraphs, exceptthat an angular deviation of615 deg. from the specifiedhorizontal and vertical planes is permitted duringwelding.

QW-131 Plate Positions

QW-131.1 Flat Position 1F. Plates so placed thatthe weld is deposited with its axis horizontal and itsthroat vertical. Refer to QW-461.5 sketch (a).

QW-131.2 Horizontal Position 2F.Plates so placedthat the weld is deposited with its axis horizontal onthe upper side of the horizontal surface and againstthe vertical surface. Refer to QW-461.5 sketch (b).

QW-131.3 Vertical Position 3F. Plates so placedthat the weld is deposited with its axis vertical. Referto QW-461.5 sketch (c).

QW-131.4 Overhead Position 4F.Plates so placedthat the weld is deposited with its axis horizontal onthe underside of the horizontal surface and against thevertical surface. Refer to QW-461.5 sketch (d).

QW-132 Pipe Positions

QW-132.1 Flat Position 1F. Pipe with its axisinclined at 45 deg. to horizontal and rotated duringwelding so that the weld metal is deposited from aboveand at the point of deposition the axis of the weld ishorizontal and the throat vertical. Refer to QW-461.6sketch (a).

QW-132.2 Horizontal Positions 2F and 2FR(a) Position 2F.Pipe with its axis vertical so that

the weld is deposited on the upper side of the horizontalsurface and against the vertical surface. The axis ofthe weld will be horizontal and the pipe is not to berotated during welding. Refer to QW-461.6 sketch (b).

(b) Position 2FR.Pipe with its axis horizontal andthe axis of the deposited weld in the vertical plane.The pipe is rotated during welding. Refer to QW-461.6sketch (c).

3

QW-132.3 Overhead Position 4F.Pipe with its axisvertical so that the weld is deposited on the undersideof the horizontal surface and against the vertical surface.The axis of the weld will be horizontal and the pipeis not to be rotated during welding. Refer to QW-461.6 sketch (d).

QW-132.4 Multiple Position 5F. Pipe with its axishorizontal and the axis of the deposited weld in thevertical plane. The pipe is not to be rotated duringwelding. Refer to QW-461.6 sketch (e).

QW-140 TYPES AND PURPOSES OF TESTSAND EXAMINATIONS

QW-141 Mechanical Tests

Mechanical tests used in procedure or performancequalification are as follows.

QW-141.1 Tension Tests.Tension tests as describedin QW-150 are used to determine the ultimate strengthof groove-weld joints.

QW-141.2 Guided-Bend Tests.Guided-bend testsas described in QW-160 are used to determine thedegree of soundness and ductility of groove-weld joints.

QW-141.3 Fillet-Weld Tests.Tests as described inQW-180 are used to determine the size, contour, anddegree of soundness of fillet welds.

QW-141.4 Notch-Toughness Tests.Tests as de-scribed in QW-171 and QW-172 are used to determinethe notch toughness of the weldment.

QW-141.5 Stud-Weld Test.Deflection bend, ham-mering, torque, or tension tests as shown in QW-466.4,QW-466.5, and QW-466.6, and a macro-examinationperformed in accordance with QW-202.5, respectively,are used to determine acceptability of stud welds.

QW-142 Special Examinations for Welders

Radiographic examination may be substituted formechanical testing of QW-141 for groove-weld perform-ance qualification as permitted in QW-304 to provethe ability of welders to make sound welds.

QW-143 Examination for Welding Operators

An examination of a weld by radiography may besubstituted for mechanical testing of QW-141 for grooveweld performance qualification as permitted in QW-

QW-143 1998 SECTION IX QW-152

305 to prove the ability of welding operators to makesound welds.

QW-144 Visual Examination

Visual examination as described in QW-194 is usedto determine that the final weld surfaces meet specifiedquality conditions.

QW-150 TENSION TESTS

QW-151 Specimens

Tension test specimens shall conform to one of thetypes illustrated in QW-462.1(a) through QW-462.1(e)and shall meet the requirements of QW-153.

QW-151.1 Reduced Section — Plate.Reduced-section specimens conforming to the requirements givenin QW-462.1(a) may be used for tension tests on allthicknesses of plate.

(a) For thicknesses up to and including 1 in. (25 mm),a full thickness specimen shall be used for each requiredtension test.

(b) For plate thickness greater than 1 in. (25 mm),full thickness specimens or multiple specimens maybe used, provided QW-151.1(c) and QW-151.1(d) arecomplied with.

(c) When multiple specimens are used, in lieu offull thickness specimens, each set shall represent a singletension test of the full plate thickness. Collectively, allof the specimens required to represent the full thicknessof the weld at one location shall comprise a set.

(d) When multiple specimens are necessary, the entirethickness shall be mechanically cut into a minimumnumber of approximately equal strips of a size thatcan be tested in the available equipment. Each specimenof the set shall be tested and meet the requirementsof QW-153.

QW-151.2 Reduced Section — Pipe.Reduced-sec-tion specimens conforming to the requirements givenin QW-462.1(b) may be used for tension tests on allthicknesses of pipe having an outside diameter greaterthan 3 in. (76 mm).

(a) For thicknesses up to and including 1 in. (25 mm),a full thickness specimen shall be used for each requiredtension test.

(b) For pipe thicknesses greater than 1 in. (25 mm),full thickness specimens or multiple specimens maybe used, provided QW-151.2(c) and QW-151.2(d) arecomplied with.

4

(c) When multiple specimens are used, in lieu offull thickness specimens, each set shall represent asingle tension test of the full pipe thickness. Collectively,all of the specimens required to represent the fullthickness of the weld at one location shall comprisea set.

(d) When multiple specimens are necessary, the entirethickness shall be mechanically cut into a minimumnumber of approximately equal strips of a size thatcan be tested in the available equipment. Each specimenof the set shall be tested and meet the requirementsof QW-153.

For pipe having an outside diameter of 3 in. or less,reduced-section specimens conforming to the require-ments given in QW-462.1(c) may be used for ten-sion tests.

QW-151.3 Turned Specimens.Turned specimensconforming to the requirements given in QW-462.1(d)may be used for tension tests.

(a) For thicknesses up to and including 1 in. (25 mm),a single turned specimen may be used for each requiredtension test, which shall be a specimen of the largestdiameterD of QW-462.1(d) possible for test couponthickness [per Note (a) of QW-462.1(d)].

(b) For thicknesses over 1 in. (25 mm), multiplespecimens shall be cut through the full thickness ofthe weld with their centers parallel to the metal surfaceand not over 1 in. (25 mm) apart. The centers of thespecimens adjacent to the metal surfaces shall notexceed5/8 in. (16 mm) from the surface.

(c) When multiple specimens are used, each set shallrepresent a single required tension test. Collectively,all the specimens required to represent the full thicknessof the weld at one location shall comprise a set.

(d) Each specimen of the set shall be tested andmeet the requirements of QW-153.

QW-151.4 Full-Section Specimens for Pipe.Ten-sion specimens conforming to the dimensions given inQW-462.1(e) may be used for testing pipe with anoutside diameter of 3 in. (76 mm) or less.

QW-152 Tension Test Procedure

The tension test specimen shall be ruptured undertensile load. The tensile strength shall be computed bydividing the ultimate total load by the least cross-sectional area of the specimen as calculated from actualmeasurements made before the load is applied.


A99

A99

QW-153 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-161.6

QW-153 Acceptance Criteria — Tension Tests

QW-153.1 Tensile Strength.Except for P-No. 21through P-No. 25 and P-No. 35 materials, minimumvalues are provided under the column heading “Mini-mum Specified Tensile, ksi” of QW/QB-422. In orderto pass the tension test, the specimen shall have atensile strength that is not less than:

(a) the minimum specified tensile strength of thebase metal; or

(b) the minimum specified tensile strength of theweaker of the two, if base metals of different minimumtensile strengths are used; or

(c) the minimum specified tensile strength of theweld metal when the applicable Section provides forthe use of weld metal having lower room temperaturestrength than the base metal;

(d) if the specimen breaks in the base metal outsideof the weld or fusion line, the test shall be acceptedas meeting the requirements, provided the strength isnot more than 5% below the minimum specified tensilestrength of the base metal.

QW-153.1.1 Additional Requirements for Spe-cific Base Metals

(a) For Aluminum Alclad materials 0.499 in. andless, the specified minimum tensile strength is forfull thickness specimens that include cladding. ForAluminum Alclad materials 0.5 in. and greater, thespecified minimum tensile strength is for both fullthickness specimens that include cladding and specimenstaken from the core.

(b) For copper and copper-based alloys, the minimumspecified tensile value provided by QW/QB-422 is thatgiven for the base metal in the annealed condition andis the acceptance value for qualification.

(c) All P-No. 23 minimum specified tensile values,provided by QW/QB-422, are not designated in therespective SB documents and are the acceptance valuesfor qualifications using T4 or T6 temper base metaland tested in the as-welded condition.

QW-160 GUIDED-BEND TESTS

QW-161 Specimens

Guided-bend test specimens shall be prepared bycutting the test plate or pipe to form specimens ofapproximately rectangular cross section. The cut sur-faces shall be designated the sides of the specimen.The other two surfaces shall be called the face androot surfaces, the face surface having the greater widthof weld. The specimen thickness and bend radius areshown in QW-466.1, QW-466.2, and QW-466.3.

5

Guided-bend specimens are of five types, dependingon whether the axis of the weld is transverse or parallelto the longitudinal axis of the specimen, and whichsurface (side, face, or root) is on the convex (outer)side of bent specimen. The five types are defined asfollows.

QW-161.1 Transverse Side Bend.The weld istransverse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that one of the side surfaces becomesthe convex surface of the bent specimen. Transverseside-bend test specimens shall conform to the dimen-sions shown in QW-462.2.

Specimens of base metal thickness over 11⁄2 in. (38mm) may be cut into approximately equal strips between3⁄4 in. (19 mm) and 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) wide for testing,or the specimens may be bent at full width (seerequirements on jig width in QW-466). If multiplespecimens are used, one complete set shall be madefor each required test. Each specimen shall be testedand meet the requirements in QW-163.

QW-161.2 Transverse Face Bend.The weld istransverse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that the face surface becomes theconvex surface of the bent specimen. Transverse face-bend test specimens shall conform to the dimensionsshown in QW-462.3(a). For subsize transverse facebends, see QW-161.4.

QW-161.3 Transverse Root Bend.The weld istransverse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that the root surface becomes theconvex surface of the bent specimen. Transverse root-bend test specimens shall conform to the dimensionsshown in QW-462.3(a). For subsize transverse rootbends, see QW-161.4.

QW-161.4 Subsize Transverse Face and RootBends. See Note (2) of QW-462.3(a).

QW-161.5 Longitudinal-Bend Tests.Longitudinal-bend tests may be used in lieu of the transverse side-,face-, and root-bend tests for testing weld metal orbase metal combinations which differ markedly inbending properties between

(a) the two base metals; or(b) the weld metal and the base metal.

QW-161.6 Longitudinal Face Bend. The weld isparallel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, whichis bent so that the face surface becomes the convexsurface of the bent specimen. Longitudinal face-bendtest specimens shall conform to the dimensions shownin QW-462.3(b).


QW-161.7 1998 SECTION IX QW-181.1

QW-161.7 Longitudinal Root Bend. The weld isparallel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, whichis bent so that the root surface becomes the convexside of the bent specimen. Longitudinal root-bend testspecimens shall conform to the dimensions shown inQW-462.3(b).

QW-162 Guided-Bend Test Procedure

QW-162.1 Jigs. Guided-bend specimens shall bebent in test jigs that are in substantial accordance withQW-466. When using the jigs illustrated in QW-466.1or QW-466.2, the side of the specimen turned towardthe gap of the jig shall be the face for face-bendspecimens, the root for root-bend specimens, and theside with the greater defects, if any, for side-bendspecimens. The specimen shall be forced into the dieby applying load on the plunger until the curvature ofthe specimen is such that a1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) diameterwire cannot be inserted between the specimen and thedie of QW-466.1, or the specimen is bottom ejectedif the roller type of jig (QW-466.2) is used.

When using the wrap around jig (QW-466.3), theside of the specimen turned toward the roller shall bethe face for face-bend specimens, the root for root-bend specimens, and the side with the greater defects,if any, for side-bend specimens.

When specimens wider than 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) are tobe bent as permitted in QW-462.2, the test jig mandrelmust be at least1⁄4 in. (6 mm) wider than the specimenwidth.

QW-163 Acceptance Criteria — Bend Tests

The weld and heat affected zone of a transverseweld-bend specimen shall be completely within thebent portion of the specimen after testing.

The guided-bend specimens shall have no open de-fects in the weld or heat affected zone exceeding1⁄8in. (3.2 mm), measured in any direction on the convexsurface of the specimen after bending. Open defectsoccurring on the corners of the specimen during testingshall not be considered unless there is definite evidencethat they result from lack of fusion, slag inclusions,or other internal defects. For corrosion-resistant weldoverlay cladding, no open defect exceeding1⁄16 in.(1.6 mm), measured in any direction, shall be permittedin the cladding, and no open defects exceeding1⁄8 in.(3.2 mm) shall be permitted in the bond line.

6

QW-170 NOTCH-TOUGHNESS TESTS

QW-171 Notch-Toughness Tests — CharpyV-Notch

QW-171.1 General. Charpy V-notch impact testsshall be made when required by other Sections.

Test procedures and apparatus shall conform to therequirements of SA-370.

QW-171.2 Acceptance.The acceptance criteria shallbe in accordance with that Section specifying impactrequirements.

QW-171.3 Location and Orientation of Test Speci-men. The impact test specimen and notch location andorientation shall be as given in the Section requiringsuch tests.

When qualifying pipe in the 5G or 6G position, thenotch-toughness specimens shall be removed from theshaded portion of QW-463.1(f).

QW-172 Notch-Toughness Tests — DropWeight

QW-172.1 General.Drop weight tests shall be madewhen required by other Sections.

Test procedures and apparatus shall conform to therequirements of ASTM Specification E 208.

QW-172.2 Acceptance.The acceptance criteria shallbe in accordance with that Section requiring dropweight tests.

QW-172.3 Location and Orientation of Test Speci-men. The drop weight test specimen, the crack starterlocation, and the orientation shall be as given in theSection requiring such tests.

When qualifying pipe in the 5G or 6G position, thenotch-toughness specimens shall be removed from theshaded portion of QW-463.1(f).

QW-180 FILLET-WELD TESTS

QW-181 Procedure and PerformanceQualification Specimens

QW-181.1 Procedure.The dimensions and prepara-tion of the fillet-weld test coupon for procedure qualifi-cation as required in QW-202 shall conform to therequirements in QW-462.4(a) or QW-462.4(d). The testcoupon for plate-to-plate shall be cut transversely toprovide five test specimen sections, each approximately2 in. (51 mm) long. For pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe,the test coupon shall be cut transversely to providefour approximately equal test specimen sections. The

QW-181.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-184

test specimens shall be macro-examined to the require-ments of QW-183.

QW-181.1.1 Production Assembly Mockups.Production assembly mockups may be used in lieu ofQW-181.1. The mockups for plate-to-shape shall becut transversely to provide five approximately equal testspecimens not to exceed approximately 2 in. (51 mm) inlength. For pipe-to-shape mockups, the mockup shallbe cut transversely to provide four approximately equaltest specimens. For small mockups, multiple mockupsmay be required to obtain the required number of testspecimens. The test specimens shall be macro-examinedto the requirements of QW-183.

QW-181.2 Performance. The dimensions and thepreparation of the fillet-weld test coupon for perform-ance qualification shall conform to the requirements inQW-462.4(b) or QW-462.4(c). The test coupon forplate-to-plate shall be cut transversely to provide acenter section approximately 4 in. (102 mm) long andtwo end sections, each approximately 1 in. (25 mm)long. For pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe, the test couponshall be cut to provide two quarter sections test speci-mens opposite to each other. One of the test specimensshall be fracture tested in accordance with QW-182and the other macro-examined to the requirements ofQW-184. When qualifying pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipein the 5F position, the test specimens shall be removedas indicated in QW-463.2(h).

QW-181.2.1 Production Assembly Mockups.Production assembly mockups may be used in lieu ofthe fillet-weld test coupon requirements of QW-181.2.

(a) Plate-to-shape(1) The mockup for plate-to-shape shall be cut

transversely to provide three approximately equal testspecimens not to exceed approximately 2 in. (51 mm)in length. The test specimen that contains the start andstop of the weld shall be fracture tested in accordancewith QW-182. A cut end of one of the remaining testspecimens shall be macro-examined in accordance withQW-184.

(b) Pipe-to-shape(1) The mockup for pipe-to-shape shall be cut trans-

versely to provide two quarter sections approximately op-posite to each other. The test specimen that contains thestart and stop of the weld shall be fracture tested in accord-ance with QW-182. A cut end of the other quarter sectionshall be macro-examined in accordance with QW-184.When qualifying pipe-to-shape in the 5F position, the frac-ture specimen shall be removed from the lower 90 deg sec-tion of the mockup.

7

QW-182 Fracture Tests

The stem of the 4 in. performance specimen center sec-tion in QW-462.4(b) or the stem of the quarter section inQW-462.4(c), as applicable, shall be loaded laterally insuch a way that the root of the weld is in tension. The loadshall be steadily increased until the specimen fractures orbends flat upon itself.

If the specimen fractures, the fractured surface shallshow no evidence of cracks or incomplete root fusion,and the sum of the lengths of inclusions and porosityvisible on the fractured surface shall not exceed3⁄8 in.in QW-462.4(b) or 10% of the quarter section in QW-462.4(c).

QW-183 Macro-Examination — ProcedureSpecimens

One face of each cross section of the five test specimensin QW-462.4(a) or four test specimens in QW-462.4(d), asapplicable shall be smoothed and etched with a suitableetchant (see QW-470) to give a clear definition to the weldmetal and heat affected zone. The examination of the crosssections shall include only one side of the test specimen atthe area where the plate or pipe is divided into sections i.e.,adjacent faces at the cut shall not be used. In order to passthe test:

Visual examination of the cross sections of the weldmetal and heat affected zone shall show complete fusionand freedom from cracks; and

There shall not be more than1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm)difference in the length of the legs of the fillet.

QW-184 Macro-Examination — PerformanceSpecimens

The cut end of one of the end plate sections, approxi-mately 1 in. long, in QW-462.4(b) or the cut end of one ofthe pipe quarter sections in QW-462.4(c), as applicable,shall be smoothed and etched with a suitable etchant (seeQW-470) to give a clear definition of the weld metal andheat affected zone. In order to pass the test:

Visual examination of the cross section of the weldmetal and heat affected zone shall show complete fusionand freedom from cracks, except that linear indicationsat the root not exceeding1⁄32 in. (0.8 mm) shall beacceptable; and

The weld shall not have a concavity or convexitygreater than1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm); and


There shall be not more than1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm)difference in the lengths of the legs of the fillet.

QW-190 OTHER TESTS ANDEXAMINATIONS

QW-191 Radiographic Examination

QW-191.1The radiographic examination in QW-142for welders and in QW-143 for welding operators shallmeet the requirements of Article 2, Section V. Theacceptance standards of QW-191.2 shall be met.

QW-191.2 Radiographic Acceptance Criteria

QW-191.2.1 TerminologyLinear Indications.Cracks, incomplete fusion, inade-

quate penetration, and slag are represented on theradiograph as linear indications in which the length ismore than three times the width.

Rounded Indications.Porosity and inclusions suchas slag or tungsten are represented on the radiographas rounded indications with a length three times thewidth or less. These indications may be circular, ellip-tical, or irregular in shape; may have tails; and mayvary in density.

QW-191.2.2 Acceptance Standards.Welder andwelding operator performance tests by radiography ofwelds in test assemblies shall be judged unacceptablewhen the radiograph exhibits any imperfections inexcess of the limits specified below.

(a) Linear Indications(1) any type of crack or zone of incomplete fusion

or penetration;(2) any elongated slag inclusion which has a length

greater than:(a) 1⁄8 in. for t up to 3⁄8 in., inclusive(b) 1⁄3t for t over 3⁄8 to 21⁄4 in., inclusive(c) 3⁄4 in. for t over 21⁄4 in.

(3) any group of slag inclusions in line that havean aggregate length greater thant in a length of12t, except when the distance between the successiveimperfections exceeds 6L whereL is the length of thelongest imperfection in the group.

(b) Rounded Indications(1) The maximum permissible dimension for

rounded indications shall be 20% oft or 1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm),whichever is smaller.

(2) For welds in material less than1⁄8 in. (3.2mm) in thickness, the maximum number of acceptablerounded indications shall not exceed 12 in a 6 in.(152 mm) length of weld. A proportionately fewer

8

number of rounded indications shall be permitted inwelds less than 6 in. (152 mm) in length.

(3) For welds in material1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) orgreater in thickness, the charts in Appendix I representthe maximum acceptable types of rounded indicationsillustrated in typically clustered, assorted, and randomlydispersed configurations. Rounded indications less than1⁄32 in. (0.8 mm) in maximum diameter shall not beconsidered in the radiographic acceptance tests of weld-ers and welding operators in these ranges of materialthicknesses.

QW-191.2.3 Production Welds.The acceptancestandard for welding operators who qualify on produc-tion welds shall be that specified in the referencingCode Section. The acceptance standard for welders whoqualify on production welds as permitted by QW-304.1shall be per QW-191.2.2.

QW-191.3 Record of Tests.The results of welderand welding operator performance tests by radiographyshall be recorded in accordance with QW-301.4.

QW-192 Stud-Weld Tests — ProcedureQualification Specimens

QW-192.1 Required Tests.Ten stud-weld tests arerequired to qualify each procedure. The equipment usedfor stud welding shall be completely automatic exceptfor manual starting.

Every other welding stud (five joints) shall be testedeither by hammering over until one-fourth of its lengthis flat on the test piece, or by bending the stud to anangle of at least 15 deg. and returning it to its originalposition using a test jig and an adapter location dimen-sion that are in accordance with QW-466.4.

The remaining five welded stud joints shall be testedin torque using a torque testing arrangement that issubstantially in accordance with QW-466.5. Alterna-tively, where torquing is not feasible, tensile testingmay be used, and the fixture for tensile testing shallbe similar to that shown in QW-466.6 except that studswithout heads may be gripped on the unwelded endin the jaws of the tensile testing machine.

QW-192.2 Acceptance Criteria — Bend and Ham-mer Tests. In order to pass the test(s), each of thefive stud welds and heat affected zones shall be freeof visible separation or fracture after bending and returnbending or after hammering.

QW-192.3 Acceptance Criteria — Torque Tests.In order to pass the test(s), each of the five stud weldsshall be subjected to the required torque shown in thefollowing table before failure occurs.

QW-192.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-195.1

Required Torque for TestingThreaded Carbon Steel Studs

Nominal Diameter Threads/in. Testing Torque,of Studs, in. and Series Designated ft-lb

1⁄4 28 UNF 5.01⁄4 20 UNC 4.2

5⁄16 24 UNF 9.55⁄16 18 UNC 8.6

3⁄8 24 UNF 173⁄8 16 UNC 15

7⁄16 20 UNF 277⁄16 14 UNC 24

1⁄2 20 UNF 421⁄2 13 UNC 37

9⁄16 18 UNF 609⁄16 12 UNC 54

5⁄8 18 UNF 845⁄8 11 UNC 74

3⁄4 16 UNF 1473⁄4 10 UNC 132

7⁄8 14 UNF 2347⁄8 9 UNC 212

1 12 UNF 3481 8 UNC 318

Required Torque for TestingThreaded Austenitic Stainless Steel Studs

Nominal Diameter Threads/in. Testing Torque,of Studs, in. and Series Designated ft-lb

1⁄4 28 UNF 4.51⁄4 20 UNC 4.0

5⁄16 24 UNF 9.05⁄16 18 UNC 8.0

3⁄8 24 UNF 16.53⁄8 16 UNC 14.5

7⁄16 20 UNF 26.07⁄16 14 UNC 23.0

1⁄2 20 UNF 40.01⁄2 13 UNC 35.5

5⁄8 18 UNF 80.005⁄8 11 UNC 71.00

3⁄4 16 UNF 140.003⁄4 10 UNC 125.00

7⁄8 14 UNF 223.007⁄8 9 UNC 202.00

1 14 UNF 339.001 8 UNC 303.00

Alternatively, where torquing to destruction is notfeasible, tensile testing may be used. For carbon andaustenitic stainless steel studs, the failure strength shallnot be less than 35,000 psi (241 MPa) and 30,000 psi(207 MPa), respectively. For other metals, the failure

9

strength shall not be less than1⁄2 of the minimumspecified tensile strength of the stud material. Thefailure strength shall be based on the minor diameterof the threaded section of externally threaded studsexcept where the shank diameter is less than the minordiameter, or on the original cross-sectional area wherefailure occurs in a nonthreaded, internally threaded, orreduced-diameter stud.

QW-192.4 Acceptance Criteria — Macro-Exami-nation. In order to pass the macro-examination, eachof five sectioned stud welds and the heat affected zoneshall be free of cracks when examined at a magnificationof ×10, which is required by QW-202.5 when studsare welded to metals other than P-No. 1.

QW-193 Stud-Weld Tests — PerformanceQualification Specimens

QW-193.1 Required Tests.Five stud-weld tests arerequired to qualify each stud-welding operator. Theequipment used for stud welding shall be completelyautomatic except for manual starting. The performancetest shall be welded in accordance with a qualifiedWPS per QW-301.2.

Each stud (five joints) shall be tested either byhammering over until one-fourth of its length is flaton the test piece or by bending the stud to an angleof at least 15 deg. and returning it to its original positionusing a test jig and an adapter location dimension thatare in accordance with QW-466.4.

QW-193.2 Acceptance Criteria — Bend and Ham-mer Tests. In order to pass the test(s), each of thefive stud welds and heat affected zones shall be freeof visible separation or fracture after bending and returnbending or after hammering.

QW-194 Visual Examination — Performance

Performance test coupons shall show complete jointpenetration with complete fusion of weld metal andbase metal.

QW-195 Liquid Penetrant Examination

QW-195.1 The liquid penetrant examination in QW-214 for corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay shallmeet the requirements of Article 6, Section V. Theacceptance standards of QW-195.2 shall be met.

QW-195.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-196.2.2

QW-195.2 Liquid Penetrant Acceptance CriteriaQW-195.2.1 Terminology

(a) relevant indications— indications with majordimensions greater than1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm).

(b) linear indications— an indication having a lengthgreater than three times the width

(c) rounded indications — an indication of circularor elliptical shape with the length equal to or less thanthree times the width

QW-195.2.2 Acceptance Standards.Procedureand performance tests examined by liquid penetranttechniques shall be judged unacceptable when the exam-ination exhibits any indication in excess of the limitsspecified below:

(a) relevant linear indications;(b) relevant rounded indications greater than3⁄16 in.

(4.8 mm);(c) four or more relevant rounded indications in a

line separated by1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm) or less (edge-to-edge).

QW-196 Resistance Weld Testing

QW-196.1 Metallographic ExaminationQW-196.1.1 Welds shall be cross-sectioned, pol-

ished, and etched to reveal the weld metal. The sectionshall be examined at a magnification of 10 times.

10

QW-196.1.2 The weld nugget shall be sound for1.25 times the thickness of the thinner member.

QW-196.1.3For spot welds, the nugget size shallbe measured at the interface between the sheets being

joined, and it shall equal or exceed 0.9√t, where t isthe thickness of the thinner sheet. For projection welds,the nugget size shall not be less than the initial sizeof the projection. For seam welds, the width of thefused weld cut transverse to the seam shall be not less

than 0.9√t, wheret is the thickness of the thinnest sheet.

QW-196.2 Mechanical TestingQW-196.2.1Shear test specimens shall be prepared

as shown on QW-462.9. For spot and projection welds,each test specimen shall equal or exceed the minimumstrength, and the average strength specified in QW-462.10 and QW-462.11 for the appropriate material.Further, for each set, 90% shall have shear strengthvalues between 0.9 and 1.1 times the set average value.The remaining 10% shall lie between 0.8 and 1.2 timesthe set average value.

QW-196.2.2Peel test specimens shall be preparedas shown in QW-462.8. The specimens shall be peeledor separated mechanically, and fracture shall occur inthe base metal by tearing out of the weld in order forthe specimen to be acceptable.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Appendix I

11

98

ARTICLE IIWELDING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS

QW-200 GENERAL

QW-200.1 Each manufacturer and contractor shallprepare written Welding Procedure Specifications whichare defined as follows.

(a) Welding Procedure Specification (WPS).A WPSis a written qualified welding procedure prepared toprovide direction for making production welds to Coderequirements. The WPS or other documents may beused to provide direction to the welder or weldingoperator to assure compliance with the Code require-ments.

(b) Contents of the WPS.The completed WPS shalldescribe all of the essential, nonessential, and, whenrequired, supplementary essential variables for eachwelding process used in the WPS. These variables arelisted in QW-250 through QW-280 and are defined inArticle IV, Welding Data.

The WPS shall reference the supporting ProcedureQualification Record(s) (PQR) described in QW-200.2.The manufacturer or contractor may include any otherinformation in the WPS that may be helpful in makinga Code weldment.

(c) Changes to the WPS.Changes may be made inthe nonessential variables of a WPS to suit productionrequirements without requalification provided suchchanges are documented with respect to the essential,nonessential, and, when required, supplementary essen-tial variables for each process. This may be by amend-ment to the WPS or by use of a new WPS.

Changes in essential or supplementary essential (whenrequired) variables require requalification of the WPS(new or additional PQRs to support the change inessential or supplementary essential variables).

(d) Format of the WPS.The information required tobe in the WPS may be in any format, written or tabular,to fit the needs of each manufacturer or contractor, aslong as every essential, nonessential, and, when required,supplementary essential variables outlined in QW-250through QW-280 is included or referenced.

13

Form QW-482 (see Nonmandatory Appendix B) hasbeen provided as a guide for the WPS. This Formincludes the required data for the SMAW, SAW,GMAW, and GTAW processes. It is only a guide anddoes not list all required data for other processes. Italso lists some variables that do not apply to allprocesses (e.g., listing shielding gas which is not re-quired for SAW). The guide does not easily lend itselfto multiple process procedure specification (e.g., GTAWroot with SMAW fill).

(e) Availability of the WPS.A WPS used for Codeproduction welding shall be available for referenceand review by the Authorized Inspector (AI) at thefabrication site.

QW-200.2 Each manufacturer or contractor shall berequired to prepare a procedure qualification recordwhich is defined as follows.

(a) Procedure Qualification Record (PQR).A PQRis a record of the welding data used to weld a testcoupon. The PQR is a record of variables recordedduring the welding of the test coupons. It also containsthe test results of the tested specimens. Recorded vari-ables normally fall within a small range of the actualvariables that will be used in production welding.

(b) Contents of the PQR.The completed PQR shalldocument all essential and, when required, supplemen-tary essential variables of QW-250 through QW-280for each welding process used during the welding ofthe test coupon. Nonessential or other variables usedduring the welding of the test coupon may be recordedat the manufacturer’s or contractor’s option. All vari-ables, if recorded, shall be the actual variables (includingranges) used during the welding of the test coupon. Ifvariables are not monitored during welding, they shallnot be recorded. It is not intended that the full rangeor the extreme of a given range of variables to beused in production be used during qualification unlessrequired due to a specific essential or, when required,supplementary essential variable.

QW-200.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-200.4

The PQR shall be certified accurate by the manufac-turer or contractor. The manufacturer or contractormay not subcontract the certification function. Thiscertification is intended to be the manufacturer’s orcontractor’s verification that the information in the PQRis a true record of the variables that were used duringthe welding of the test coupon and that the resultingtensile, bend, or macro (as required) test results are incompliance with Section IX.

When more than one welding process or filler metalis used to weld a test coupon, the approximate depositweld metal thickness of each welding process and fillermetal shall be recorded.

(c) Changes to the PQR.Changes to the PQR arenot permitted except as described below. It is a recordof what happened during a particular welding test.Editorial corrections or addenda to the PQR are permit-ted. An example of an editorial correction is an incorrectP-Number, F-Number, or A-Number that was assignedto a particular base metal or filler metal. An exampleof an addendum would be a change resulting from aCode change. For example, Section IX may assign anew F-Number to a filler metal or adopt a new fillermetal under an established F-Number. This may permit,depending on the particular construction Code require-ments, a manufacturer or contractor to use other fillermetals that fall within that particular F-Number where,prior to the Code revision, the manufacturer or contrac-tor was limited to the particular electrode classificationthat was used during qualification. Additional informa-tion can be incorporated into a PQR at a later dateprovided the information is substantiated as havingbeen part of the original qualification condition by labrecord or similar data.

All changes to a PQR require recertification (includingdate) by the manufacturer or contractor.

(d) Format of the PQR.Form QW-483 (see Nonman-datory Appendix B) has been provided as a guide forthe PQR. The information required to be in the PQR maybe in any format to fit the needs of each manufacturer orcontractor, as long as every essential and, when required,supplementary essential variable, required by QW-250through QW-280, is included. Also the type of tests,number of tests, and test results shall be listed inthe PQR.

Form QW-483 does not easily lend itself to covercombinations of welding processes or more than oneF-Number filler metal in one test coupon. Additionalsketches or information may be attached or referencedto record the required variables.

(e) Availability of the PQR.PQRs used to supportWPSs shall be available, upon request, for review by

14

the Authorized Inspector (AI). The PQR need not beavailable to the welder or welding operator.

(f) Multiple WPSs With One PQR/Multiple PQRsWith One WPS.Several WPSs may be prepared fromthe data on a single PQR (e.g., a 1G plate PQR maysupport WPSs for the F, V, H, and O positions onplate or pipe within all other essential variables). Asingle WPS may cover several essential variable changesas long as a supporting PQR exists for each essentialand, when required, supplementary essential variable(e.g., a single WPS may cover a thickness range from1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm) through 11⁄4 in. (32 mm) if PQRsexist for both the1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm) through3⁄16 in.(4.8 mm) and3⁄16 in. (4.8 mm) through 11⁄4 in. (32 mm)thickness ranges).

QW-200.3 To reduce the number of welding proce-dure qualifications required, P-Numbers are assignedto base metals dependent on characteristics such ascomposition, weldability, and mechanical properties,where this can logically be done; and for steel andsteel alloys (QW/QB-422) Group Numbers are assignedadditionally to P-Numbers. These Group Numbers clas-sify the metals within P-Numbers for the purpose ofprocedure qualification where notch-toughness require-ments are specified. The assignments do not imply thatbase metals may be indiscriminately substituted for abase metal which was used in the qualification testwithout consideration of the compatibility from thestandpoint of metallurgical properties, postweld heattreatment, design, mechanical properties, and servicerequirements. Where notch toughness is a consideration,it is presupposed that the base metals meet the specificrequirements.

In general, notch-toughness requirements are manda-tory for all P-No. 11 quenched and tempered metals,for low temperature applications of other metals asapplied to Section VIII, and for various classes ofconstruction required by Section III. Acceptance criteriafor the notch-toughness tests are as established in theother Sections of the Code.

For certain materials permitted by the ASME / ANSIB31 Code for Pressure Piping or by selected CodeCases of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codebut which are not included within the ASME Boilerand Pressure Vessel Code Material Specifications (Sec-tion II), S-Number groupings are assigned in QW/QB-422. These groupings are similar to the P-Numbergroupings of QW/QB-422. Qualification limits are givenin QW-420.2.

QW-200.4 Combination of Welding Procedures(a) More than one procedure having different essen-

tial or nonessential variables may be used in a single

ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u10 04-28-99 06:22:32 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04

A99

QW-200.4 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-202.1

production joint. Each procedure may include one ora combination of processes, filler metals, or othervariables.

Where two or more procedures involving differentprocesses or other essential variables are used in onejoint, QW-451 shall be used to determine the rangeof base metal thickness qualified and the maximumthickness of deposited weld metal qualified for eachprocess or procedure. Alternatively, qualification forroot deposits only may be made in accordance withQW-200.4(b). The deposited weld metal of each processor procedure shall be included in the tension and bendspecimens, and in the notch-toughness specimen (whenrequired). One or more processes or procedures maybe deleted from a qualified combination procedure.Each such process or procedure may be used separatelyprovided:

(1) the remaining essential, nonessential, and sup-plementary essential variables are applied;

(2) the base metal and deposited weld metal thick-ness limits of QW-451 are applied.

(b) For GTAW, SMAW, GMAW, PAW, and SAW,or combinations of these processes, a PQR for a processrecording a test coupon that was at least1⁄2 in. (13 mm)thick may be combined with one or more other PQRsrecording another welding process and any greater basemetal thickness. In this case, the process recorded onthe first PQR may be used to deposit the root layersusing the process(es) recorded on that PQR up to 2t(for short-circuiting type of GMAW, see QW-404.32)in thickness on base metal of the maximum thicknessqualified by the other PQR(s) used to support the WPS.The requirements of Note (1) of QW-451.1 and QW-451.2 shall apply.

QW-201 Manufacturer’s or Contractor’sResponsibility

Each manufacturer or contractor shall list the parame-ters applicable to welding that he performs in construc-tion of weldments built in accordance with this Code.These parameters shall be listed in a document knownas a Welding Procedure Specification (WPS).

Each manufacturer or contractor shall qualify the WPSby the welding of test coupons and the testing of specimens(as required in this Code), and the recording of the weldingdata and test results in a document known as a ProcedureQualification Record (PQR). The welders or welding oper-ators used to produce weldments to be tested for qualifica-tion of procedures shall be under the full supervision andcontrol of the manufacturer or contractor during the pro-duction of these test weldments. The weldments to betested forqualification of proceduresshall bewelded either

15

by direct employees or by individuals engaged by contractfor their services as welders or welding operators under thefull supervisionandcontrolof themanufacturerorcontrac-tor. It is not permissible for the manufacturer or contractorto have the supervision and control of welding of the testweldments performed by another organization. It is per-missible, however, to subcontract any or all of the work ofpreparation of test metal for welding and subsequent workon preparation of test specimens from the completed weld-ment, performance of nondestructive examination, andmechanical tests, provided the manufacturer or contractoraccepts the responsibility for any such work.

The Code recognizes a manufacturer or contractoras the organization which has responsible operationalcontrol of the production of the weldments to be madein accordance with this Code. If in an organizationeffective operational control of welding procedure quali-fication for two or more companies of different namesexists, the companies involved shall describe in theirQuality Control system/Quality Assurance Program, theoperational control of procedure qualifications. In thiscase separate welding procedure qualifications are notrequired, provided all other requirements of Section IXare met.

A WPS may require the support of more than onePQR, while alternatively, one PQR may support anumber of WPSs.

The manufacturer or contractor shall certify that hehas qualified each Welding Procedure Specification,performed the procedure qualification test, and docu-mented it with the necessary Procedure QualificationRecord (PQR).

QW-201.1 The Code recognizes that manufacturersor contractors may maintain effective operational controlof PQRs and WPSs under different ownership thanexisted during the original procedure qualification. Whena manufacturer or contractor or part of a manufactureror contractor is acquired by a new owner(s), the PQRsand WPSs may be used by the new owner(s) withoutrequalification, provided all of the following are met:

(a) the new owner(s) takes responsibility for theWPSs and PQRs;

(b) the WPSs reflect the name of the new owner(s);(c) the Quality Control System/Quality Assurance

Program reflects the source of the PQRs as being fromthe former manufacturer or contractor.

QW-202 Type of Tests Required

QW-202.1 Mechanical Tests.The type and numberof test specimens which shall be tested to qualify agroove weld procedure are given in QW-451, and shall


QW-202.1 1998 SECTION IX QW-203

be removed in a manner similar to that shown in QW-463. If any test specimen required by QW-451 failsto meet the applicable acceptance criteria, the testcoupon shall be considered as failed, and a new testcoupon shall be welded. Where qualification is for filletwelds only, the requirements are given in QW-202.2(c)and (d); and where qualification is for stud welds only,the requirements are given in QW-202.5.

QW-202.2 Groove and Fillet Welds(a) Qualification for Groove Full Penetration Welds.

Groove-weld test coupons shall qualify the thicknessranges of both base metal and deposited weld metal to beused in production. Limits of qualification shall be in ac-cordance with QW-451. WPS qualification for groovewelds shall be made on groove welds using tension andguided-bend specimens. Notch-toughness tests shall bemade when required by other Section(s) of the Code. TheWPS shall be qualified for use with groove welds withinthe range of essential variables listed.

(b) Qualification for Partial Penetration GrooveWelds.Partial penetration groove welds shall be quali-fied in accordance with the requirements of QW-451for both base metal and deposited weld metal thickness,except there need be no upper limit on the base metalthickness provided qualification was made on basemetal having a thickness of 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) or more.

(c) Qualification for Fillet Welds (Except for P-No.11 Metals Excluding P-No. 11A Group Nos. 1 and 2).WPS qualification for fillet welds may be made ongroove-weld test coupons using test specimens specifiedin (a) or (b) above. Fillet-weld procedures so qualifiedmay be used for welding all thicknesses of base metalfor all sizes of fillet welds, and all diameters of pipeor tube in accordance with QW-451.4. Nonpressure-retaining fillet welds, as defined in other Sections ofthe Code, may as an alternate be qualified with filletwelds only. Tests shall be made in accordance withQW-180. Limits of qualification shall be in accordancewith QW-451.3.

(d) Qualification for Fillet Welds in P-No. 11 Metals(Excluding P-No. 11A Group Nos. 1 and 2).WPSqualification for all fillet welds (including nonpressure-retaining) shall be made on:

(1) groove-weld tests in accordance with (a) or(b) above; and

(2) fillet-weld tests in accordance with QW-180.

QW-202.3 Weld Repair and Buildup. WPS qual-ified on groove welds shall be applicable for weldrepairs to groove and fillet welds and for weld buildupunder the following provisions.

(a) There is no limitation on the thickness of basemetal or deposited weld metal for fillet welds.

16

(b) For other than fillet welds, the thickness rangefor base metal and deposited weld metal for eachwelding process shall be in accordance with QW-451,except there need be no upper limit on the base metalthickness provided qualification was made on basemetal having a thickness of 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) or more.

QW-202.4 Dissimilar Base Metal Thicknesses.WPS qualified on groove welds shall be applicablefor production welds between dissimilar base metalthicknesses provided:

(a) the thickness of the thinner member shall bewithin the range permitted by QW-451;

(b) the thickness of the thicker member shall be asfollows.

(1) For P-No. 8, P-No. 41, P-No. 42, P-No. 43,P-No. 44, P-No. 45, P-No. 46, P-No. 51, P-No. 52,P-No. 53, P-No. 61, and P-No. 62 metal in whichnotch toughness is not a requirement, there shall beno limitation on the maximum thickness of the thickerproduction member in joints of similar P-Number mate-rials provided qualification was made on base metalhaving a thickness of1⁄4 in. (6 mm) or greater.

(2) For all other metal, the thickness of the thickermember shall be within the range permitted by QW-451, except there need be no limitation on the maximumthickness of the thicker production member providedqualification was made on base metal having a thicknessof 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) or more.

More than one procedure qualification may be re-quired to qualify for some dissimilar thickness combina-tions.

QW-202.5 Stud Welding. Procedure qualificationtests for stud welds shall be made in accordance withQW-192. The procedure qualification tests shall qualifythe welding procedures for use within the range of theessential variables of QW-261. For studs welded toother than P-No. 1 metals, five additional welds shallbe made and subjected to a macro-test, except that thisis not required for studs used for extended heatingsurfaces.

QW-203 Limits of Qualified Positions forProcedures

Unless specifically required otherwise by the weldingvariables (QW-250), a qualification in any positionqualifies the procedure for all positions. The weldingprocess and electrodes must be suitable for use in thepositions permitted by the WPS. A welder or weldingoperator making and passing the WPS qualification testis qualified for the position tested. See QW-301.2.

A99

QW-210 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-217

QW-210 PREPARATION OF TEST COUPON

QW-211 Base Metal

The base metals may consist of either plate, pipe,or other product forms. Qualification in plate alsoqualifies for pipe welding and vice versa. The dimen-sions of the test coupon shall be sufficient to providethe required test specimens.

QW-212 Type and Dimensions of GrooveWelds

Except as otherwise provided in QW-250, the typeand dimensions of the welding groove are not essentialvariables.

QW-213 P-No. 11 Base Metals

For vessels or parts of vessels constructed with P-No. 11 base metals, weld grooves for thickness lessthan 5⁄8 in. (16 mm) shall be prepared by thermalprocesses, when such processes are to be employedduring fabrication. This groove preparation shall alsoinclude back gouging, back grooving, or removal ofunsound weld metal by thermal processes, when theseprocesses are to be employed during fabrication.

QW-214 Corrosion-Resistant Weld MetalOverlay

QW-214.1The size of test coupons, limits of qualifi-cation, required examinations and tests, and test speci-mens shall be as specified in QW-453.

QW-214.2 Essential variables shall be as specifiedin QW-250 for the applicable welding process.

QW-215 Electron Beam Welding and LaserBeam Welding

QW-215.1 The WPS qualification test coupon shallbe prepared with the joint geometry duplicating thatto be used in production. If the production weld is toinclude a lap-over (completing the weld by reweldingover the starting area of the weld, as for a girth weld),such lap-over shall be included in the WPS qualificationtest coupon.

QW-215.2 The mechanical testing requirements ofQW-451 shall apply.

17

QW-215.3 Essential variables shall be as specifiedin QW-260 and QW-264 for the applicable weldingprocess.

QW-216 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay

Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW) and Plasma-Arc Weld-ing (PAW) both refer to a Spray Fuse Method of hardsurfacing. The following requirements apply regardlessof which hard-surfacing process is used.

QW-216.1The size of test coupons, limits of qualifi-cation, required examinations and tests, and test speci-mens shall be as specified in QW-453.

QW-216.2 Essential variables shall be as specifiedin QW-250 for the applicable welding process.

QW-216.3Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW) and Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW) both refer to a Spray Fuse methodof hard surfacing. The test coupons for these methodsshall be prepared in accordance with QW-216.1 andQW-216.2.

QW-216.4 If a weld deposit is to be used under ahardfacing weld metal overlay, a base metal with anassigned P-Number and a chemical analysis nominallymatching the weld deposit chemical analysis may besubstituted to qualify the PQR.

QW-217 Joining of Composite (Clad Metals)

The WPS for groove welds in clad metal shall bequalified as provided in (a) below when any part ofthe cladding thickness, as permitted by the referencingCode Section, is included in the design calculations.Either (a) or (b) below may be used when the claddingthickness is not included in the design calculations.

(a) The essential and nonessential variables of QW-250 shall apply for each welding process used inproduction. The procedure qualification test couponshall be made using the same P-Number base metal,cladding, and welding process, and filler metal combina-tion to be used in production welding. For metal notincluded in QW/QB-422, the metal used in the compos-ite test plate shall be within the range of chemicalcomposition of that to be used in production. Thequalified thickness range for the base metal and fillermetal(s) shall be based on the actual test couponthickness for each as applied to QW-451, except that theminimum thickness of filler metal joining the claddingportion of the weldment shall be based on a chemicalanalysis performed in accordance with QW-453. Tensileand bend tests required in QW-451 for groove welds


shall be made, and they shall contain the full thicknessof cladding through the reduced section of the specimen.The bond line between the original cladding and thebase metal may be disregarded when evaluating side-bend tests if the cladding was applied by a processother than fusion welding.

(b) The essential and nonessential variables of QW-250 shall apply for each welding process used inproduction for joining the base metal portion of theweldment. The PQRs that support this portion of theWPS need not be based on test coupons made withclad metal. For the corrosion-resistant overlay portionof the weld, the essential variables of QW-251.4 shallapply and the test coupon and testing shall be inaccordance with QW-453. The WPS shall limit thedepth of the groove, which will receive the corrosion-resistant overlay in order to ensure development of thefull strength of the underlying weld in the base metal.

QW-218 Applied Linings

QW-218.1 WPSs for attaching applied linings shallbe qualified in accordance with QW-202.2(a), (b), or (c).

QW-218.2 As an alternative to the above, eachprocess to be used in attaching applied linings to basemetal shall be qualified on a test coupon welded intothe form and arrangement to be used in constructionusing materials that are within the range of chemicalcomposition of the metal to be used for the base plate,the lining, and the weld metal. The welding variablesof QW-250 shall apply except for those regarding basemetal or weld metal thickness. Qualification tests shallbe made for each position to be used in productionwelding in accordance with QW-461.9, except thatqualification in the vertical position, uphill progressionshall qualify for all positions. One cross section foreach position tested shall be sectioned, polished, andetched to clearly show the demarcation between thebase metal and the weld metal. In order to be acceptable,each specimen shall exhibit complete fusion of theweld metal with the base metal and freedom fromcracks.

18

QW-218.3 When chemical analysis of the weld de-posit for any elements is required, a chemical analysisshall be performed per QW-453, Note 9 for thoseelements.

QW-250 WELDING VARIABLES

QW-251 General

QW-251.1 Types of Variables for Welding Proce-dure Specifications (WPS).These variables (listed foreach welding process in QW-252 through QW-265)are subdivided into essential variables, supplementaryessential variables, and nonessential variables (QW-401). The “Brief of Variables” listed in the Tables arefor referenceonly. See the complete variable in WeldingData of Article IV.

QW-251.2 Essential Variables.Essential variablesare those in which a change, as described in thespecific variables, is considered to affect the mechanicalproperties of the weldment, and shall require requalifi-cation of the WPS.

Supplementary essential variables are required formetals for which other Sections specify notch-toughnesstests and are in addition to the essential variables foreach welding process.

QW-251.3 Nonessential Variables. Nonessentialvariables are those in which a change, as described inthe specific variables, may be made in the WPS withoutrequalification.

QW-251.4 Special Processes(a) The special process essential variables for corro-

sion-resistant and hard-surfacing weld metal overlaysare as indicated in the following tables for the specifiedprocess. Only the variables specified for special pro-cesses shall apply. A change in the corrosion-resistantor hard-surfacing welding process shall require requali-fication.

(b) WPS qualified for corrosion-resistant and hard-surfacing overlay welding, in accordance with otherSections when such qualification rules were includedin those Sections, may be used with the same provisionsas provided in QW-100.3.

PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-252

QW-252WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)

Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW)

SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential

.1 f Groove design X

.2 6 Backing X

.3 f Backing comp. X

.10 f Root spacing X

QW-402Joints

.1 f P-Number X

.2 Max. T qualified X

.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-403BaseMetals

.3 f Size X

.4 f F-Number X

.5 f A-Number X

.12 f AWS class. X

QW-404FillerMetals

QW-405 .1 + Position XPositions

QW-406 .1 Decrease > 100°F XPreheat

QW-407 .1 f PWHT XPWHT

QW-408 .7 f Type fuel gas XGas

.1 f String/weave X

QW-410 .2 f Flame characteristics XTechnique

.4 f ←→ Technique X

.5 f Method cleaning X

.26 6 Peening X

Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand

19

QW-252.1 1998 SECTION IX

QW-252.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)

Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW)

Special Process Essential Variables

Hardfacing Corrosion-Resistant HardfacingOverlay Overlay Spray Fuse

Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) (QW-216)

.16 < Finished t

.17 > Finished t

QW-402Joint

QW-403BaseMetals

.20 f P-Number f P-Number

.23 f T Qualified f T Qualified f T Qualified

.12 f AWS class. f AWS class.

.42 f > 5% Particle size range

46 f Powder feed rate

QW-404FillerMetals

QW-405.4 + Position + Position

Positions

Dec. > 100°F Preheat Dec. > 100°F Preheat.4 > Interpass > Interpass

.5 f Preheat maint.

QW-406Preheat

.6 f PWHT f PWHT

.7 f PWHT after fusing

QW-407PWHT

.7 f Type of fuel gas

.14 f Torch type, tip size

.16 f > 5% Powder feed rate

.19 f Plasma/feed gas comp.

QW-408Gas

.38 f Multi- to single-layer f Multi- to single-layer

.39 f Torch type, tip size

.44 f > 15% Torch to workpiece

.45 f Surface prep.

.46 f Spray torch

f > 10% Fusing temp..47

or method

QW-410Technique


20



A99QW-253WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)

Shielded Metal-Arc (SMAW)



.4 − Backing X


.11 6 Retainers X

QW-402Joints

.5 f Group Number X

.6 T Limits impact X

.7 T/ t Limits > 8 in. X

.8 f T Qualified X

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X

.11 f P-No. qualified X

.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-403BaseMetals

.4 f F-Number X

.5 f A-Number X

.6 f Diameter X

.7 f Diam. > 1⁄4 in. X

.12 f AWS class. X

.30 f t X

.33 f AWS class. X

QW-404FillerMetals

.1 + Position X

.2 f Position X

.3 f ↑↓ Vertical welding X

QW-405Positions

.1 Decrease > 100°F X

.2 f Preheat maint. X

.3 Increase > 100°F (IP) X

QW-406Preheat

.1 f PWHT X

.2 f PWHT (T & T range) X

.4 T Limits X

QW-407PWHT

.1 > Heat input X

.4 f Current or polarity X X

.8 f I & E range X

QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics

.1 f String/weave X


.6 f Method back gouge X

.25 f Manual or automatic X

.26 6 Peening X

QW-410Technique


21




Shielded Metal-Arc (SMAW)


Hardfacing Corrosion-ResistantOverlay Overlay

Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214)

QW-402.16 < Finished t < Finished t

Joints


.23 f T Qualified f T Qualified

QW-403BaseMetals

.12 f AWS class.

.37 f A-Number

.38 f Dia. (1st layer) f Dia. (1st layer)

QW-404FillerMetals

QW-405.4 + Position + Position

Positions

QW-406 Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheat.4

Preheat > Interpass > Interpass

QW-407.6 f PWHT f PWHT

PWHT

.4 f Current or polarity f Current or polarity

.22 Inc. > 10% 1st layer Inc. > 10% 1st layer


QW-410.38 f Multi- to single-layer f Multi- to single-layer

Technique


22



Submerged-Arc Welding (SAW)



.4 − Backing X


.11 6 Retainers X

QW-402Joints

.5 f Group Number X

.6 T Limits X

.7 T/t Limits > 8 in. X

.8 f T Qualified X

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X


.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-403BaseMetals

.4 f F-Number X

.5 f A-Number X

.6 f Diameter X

.9 f Flux/wire class. X

.10 f Alloy flux X

QW-404 .24 6 Supplemental XFiller fMetals

.27 f Alloy elements X

.29 f Flux designation X

.30 f t X

.33 f AWS class. X

.34 f Flux type X

.35 f Flux/wire class. X X

.36 Recrushed slag X





QW-406Preheat

.1 f PWHT X


.4 T Limits X

QW-407PWHT

.1 > Heat input X


.8 f I & E range X


23

QW-254 1998 SECTION IX

QW-254 (CONT’D)WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)



.1 f String/weave X



.7 f Oscillation X

.8 f Tube-work distance X

.9 f Multi to single pass/side X X

.10 f Single to multi electrodes X X

.15 f Electrode spacing X


.26 6 Peening X

QW-410Technique


24

PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-254.1






QW-402 .16 < Finished t < Finished tJoints



QW-403BaseMetals

.12 f AWS class.

.24 6 Supplemental 6 Supplementalf f

.27 f Alloy elements

.37 f A-Number

.39 f Nom. flux f Nom. fluxcomp. comp.

QW-404FillerMetals

QW-405 .4 + Position + PositionPositions

QW-406 .4 Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheatPreheat > Interpass > Interpass

QW-407 .6 f PWHT f PWHTPWHT

.4 f Current or f Current orpolarity polarity

.26 > Heat input > Heat inputmore than 10% more than 10%



.40 − Sup. device

.50 f No. of elec. f No. of elec.

.51 6 Oscillation 6 Oscillation

QW-410Technique


25



Gas Metal-Arc Welding (GMAW and FCAW)



.4 − Backing X


.11 6 Retainers X

QW-402Joints

.5 f Group Number X

.6 T Limits X


.8 f T Qualified X

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X

.10 T Limits (S. Cir. Arc) X


.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-403BaseMetals

.4 f F-Number X

.5 f A-Number X

.6 f Diameter X

.12 f AWS class. X

.23 f Filler metal Xproduct form

.24 6 Supplemental Xf


.30 f t X

.32 t Limit (S. Cir. Arc) X

.33 f AWS Class. X

QW-404FillerMetals

.1 + Position X

.2 f Position X


QW-405Positions




QW-406Preheat

.1 f PWHT X


.4 T Limits X

QW-407PWHT

26



A99QW-255 (CONT’D)WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)



.1 6 Trail or f comp. X

.2 f Single, mixture, or % X

.3 f Flow rate X

.5 6 or f Backing flow X

.9 − Backing or f comp. X

.10 f Shielding or trailing X

QW-408Gas

.1 > Heat input X

.2 f Transfer mode X


.8 f I & E range X


.1 f String/weave X

.3 f Orifice, cup, or nozzle size X



.7 f Oscillation X






.26 6 Peening X

QW-410Technique


27











QW-403BaseMetals

.12 f AWS class.

.23 f Filler metal f Filler metalproduct form product form

.24 6 Supplemental 6 Supplementalf f

.27 f Alloy elements

.37 f A-Number

QW-404FillerMetals




QW-408 .15 f Type or flow rate f Type or flow rateGas







QW-410Technique


28



Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)



.5 + Backing X


.11 6 Retainers X

QW-402Joints

.5 f Group Number X

.6 T Limits X


.8 f T Qualified X


.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-403BaseMetals

.3 f Size X

.4 f F-Number X

.5 f A-Number X

.12 f AWS class. X

.14 6 Filler X

.22 6 Consum. insert X


.30 f t X

.33 f AWS class. X

QW-404FillerMetals

.1 + Position X

.2 f Position X


QW-405Positions


.3 Increase > 100°F X(IP)

QW-406Preheat

.1 f PWHT X


.4 T Limits X

QW-407PWHT



.3 f Flow rate X

.5 6 or f Backing flow X



QW-408Gas

29





.1 > Heat input X

.3 6 Pulsing I X


.8 f I & E range X

.12 f Tungsten electrode X


.1 f String/weave X

.3 f Orifice, cup, or nozzle size X



.7 f Oscillation X

.9 f Multi to single pass/ side X X


.11 f Closed to out chamber X



.26 6 Peening X

QW-410Technique


30










QW-403BaseMetals

.12 f AWS class.

.14 6 Filler 6 Filler

.23 f Filler metal product f Filler metal productform form

.37 f A-Number

QW-404FillerMetals




QW-408 .15 f Type or flow rate f Type or flow rateGas




.38 f Multi- to f Multi- tosingle-layer single-layer



QW-410Technique

Legend:+ Addition > Increase/greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease/less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand

31



Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW)



.5 + Backing X


.11 6 Retainers X

QW-402Joints

.5 f Group Number X

.6 T Limits X

.8 f T Qualified X

.12 f P-Number/melt-in X

.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-403BaseMetals

.3 f Size X

.4 f F-Number X

.5 f A-Number X

.12 f AWS class. X

.14 6 Filler X

.22 6 Consum. insert X



.30 f t X

.33 f AWS class. X

QW-404FillerMetals

.1 + Position X

.2 f Position X

.3 f ↑ ↓ Vertical welding X

QW-405Positions



QW-406Preheat

.1 f PWHT X


.4 T Limits X

QW-407PWHT


.4 f Comp./flow rate X

.5 6 Or f backing flow X



QW-408Gas

32





.1 > Heat input X


.8 f I & E range X

.12 f Tungsten electrode X


.1 f String/weave X

.3 f Orifice, cup, or nozzle Xsize



.7 f Oscillation X


.10 f Single to multi elec- X Xtrodes

.11 f Closed to out chamber X

.12 f Melt-in to keyhole X


.26 6 Peening X

QW-410Technique


33








.17 < Finished t

QW-403 .20 f P-Number f P-Number f P-NumberBase Metals



.14 6 Filler 6 Filler

.37 f A-Number

.41 f > 10% powder feed f > 10% powderrate feed rate

.42 f > 5% Particle size range

.43 f Particle size f Particle size

.44 f Powder type f Powder type

.45 f Filler met. form f Filler met. form

.46 f Powder feed rate

QW-404FillerMetals

QW-405 .4 + Position + Position + PositionPositions

.4 Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheat> Interpass > Interpass > Interpass

.5 f Preheat maintenance

QW-406Preheat

QW-407 .6 f PWHT f PWHT f PWHTRWHT

.7 f PWHT after fusing

.16 f > 5% Arc or metal f > 5% Arc or f > 5% Arc or metal feedfeed gas metal feed gas gas

.17 f Type or mixture f Type or mixture

.18 f > 10% Mix. comp. f > 10% Mix. comp.

.19 f Plasma/feed gas comp.

.20 f Plasma gas flow-raterange

QW-408Gas

.4 f Current or polarity f Current or polarity

.12 f Type or size electrode

.23 f > 10% I & E

.24 f > 10% Filler wire f > 10% Filler wirewatt. watt.

.25 f > 10% I & E f > 10% I & E

QW-409ElectricalCharacter-istics

34


QW-257.1 (CONT’D)WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)





.38 f Multi- to single-layer f Multi- to single- f Multi- to single-layerlayer

.41 f > 15% Travel speed f > 15% Travelspeed


.43 f > 10% Travel speedrange

.44 f > 15% Torch toworkplace

.45 f Surface prep.

.46 f Spray torch

.47 f > 10% Fusing temp. ormethod

.48 f Transfer mode f Transfer mode f Transfer mode

.49 f Torch orifice dia. f Torch orifice dia.

.52 f Filler metal del. f Filler metal del.

QW-410Technique


35



Electroslag Welding (ESW)




.11 6 Retainers X

QW-402Joints

.1 f P-Number X

.4 f Group Number X

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X

.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-403BaseMetals

.4 f F-Number X

.5 f A-Number X

.6 f Diameter X

.12 f AWS class. X

.17 f Flux type or comp. X

.18 f Wire to plate X

.19 f Consum. guide X

.33 f AWS class. X

QW-404FillerMetals

.1 f PWHT X


.4 T Limits X

QW-407PWHT

QW-409 .5 f 615% I & E range XElectricalCharacteristics


.7 f Oscillation X

.10 f Single to multi electrodes X


.26 6 Peening X

QW-410Technique


36



Electroslag Welding (ESW)


Paragraph


(QW-216) (QW-214)

QW-402 .16 < Finished tJoints

.20 f P-Number

.23 f T Qualified

QW-403BaseMetals

.24 6 Supplementalf

.37 f A-Number

.39 f Nom. flux comp.

QW-404FillerMetals

QW-406 .4 Dec. > 100°FPreheat preheat

> Interpass

QW-407 .6 f PWHTPWHT

.4 f Current or polarity

.26 > Heat inputmore than 10%


.38 f Multi- tosingle-layer

.40 − Sup. device

.50 f No. of elec.

.51 6 Oscillation

QW-410Technique


37



Electrogas Welding (EGW)1




.11 6 Retainers X

QW-402Joints

.1 f P-Number X

.5 f Group Number X

.6 T Limits X

.8 f T Qualified X

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X

.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-403BaseMetal

.4 f F-Number X

QW-404 .5 f A-Number XFillerMetals .6 f Diameter X

.12 f AWS class. X


.33 f AWS class. X


.1 f PWHT XQW-407PWHT .2 f PWHT (T & T range) X

.4 T Limits X

QW-408 .2 f Single, mixture, or % XGas

.3 f Flow rate X

.1 > Heat input XQW-409ElectricalCharacteristics


.8 f I & E range X


.7 f Oscillation X


QW-410 .9 f Multi to single pass/ side X XTechnique

.10 f Single to multi electrodes X


.26 6 Peening X


NOTE:(1) Automated vertical gas metal-arc welding for vertical position only.

38



Electron Beam Welding (EBW)



.2 6 Backing X

.6 > Fit-up gap X

QW-402Joints

.1 f P-Number X

.3 f Penetration X

.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

.15 f P-Number X

QW-403BaseMetals

.1 f Cross section or speed X

.2 < t or f comp. X

.8 6 or f Chem. comp. X

.14 6 Filler X

.20 f Method of addition X

.21 f Analysis X

.33 f AWS class. X

QW-404FillerMetals

QW-406.1 Decrease > 100°F X

Preheat

QW-407.1 f PWHT X

PWHT

QW-408.6 f Environment X

Gas

.6 f I, E, speed, distance, osc. X

.7 f Pulsing frequency X



.7 f Oscillation X

.14 f Angle of beam axis X

.17 f Type equip. X

.18 > Pressure of vacuum X

.19 f Filament type, size, etc. X

.20 + Wash pass X

.21 1 vs. 2 side welding X

QW-410Technique


39



Stud Welding


.8 f Stud shape size X

.9 f Flux or ferrule X

QW-402Joints

QW-403 .17 f Base metal or stud metal P- XBase Metal No.




QW-408 .2 f Single, mixture, or % XGas


.8 f I & E range X

.9 f Arc timing X

.10 f Amperage X

.11 f Power source X


QW-410 .22 f Gun model or lift XTechnique


40



Inertia and Continuous Drive Friction Welding


.12 f 6 10 deg. X

f Cross section > 10% X

f O. D. > 610% X

f Solid-to-tube X

QW-402Joint

QW-403.19 f Base metal X

Base Metal

QW-406.1 f Decrease > 100°F X

Preheat

QW-407.1 f PWHT X

PWHT

QW-408.6 f Environment X

Gas

.27 f Spp. > 610% X

.28 f Load > 610% X

.29 f Energy > 610% X

.30 f Upset > 610% X

QW-410Technique


41



RESISTANCE WELDING

Paragraph Brief of Variables Essential Nonessential

.13 f Spot, projection, seam X

.14 f Overlap, spacing X

.15 f Projection shape, size X

QW-402Joints

.1 f P-No. X

.21 6 Coating, plating X

.22 6 T X

QW-403Base Metals

QW-406.6 f Amplitude, cycles X

Preheat

QW-407.5 f PWHT X

PWHT

.13 f RWMA class X

.14 6 f Slope X

.15 f Pressure, current, time X

.16 Timing X

.17 f Power supply X

.18 Tip cleaning X

QW-409Electrical

.31 f Cleaning method X

.32 f Pressure, time X

.33 f Equipment X

.34 f Cooling medium X

.35 f Throat X

QW-410Technique


42



Laser Beam Welding (LBW)



.2 6 Backing X

.6 > Fit-up gap X

QW-402Joints

.1 f P-Number X

.3 f Penetration X

.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X

.15 f P-Number X

QW-403BaseMetals

.1 f Cross section or speed X

.2 < t or f comp. X

.8 6 or f Chem. comp. X

.14 6 Filler X

.20 f Method of addition X

.21 f Analysis X

.33 f AWS class. X

QW-404FillerMetals




.6 f Environment X

.11 6 Gases X

.12 f > 5% Gases X

.13 f Plasma jet position X

QW-408Gas

.19 f Pulse X

.20 f Mode, energy X

.21 f Power, speed, d/fl, distance X



.7 f Oscillation X

.14 f Angle of beam axis X

.17 f Type equip. X

.20 + Wash pass X

.21 1 vs. 2 side welding X

.37 f Single to mult. pass X

QW-410Technique


43



Laser Beam Welding (LBW)


Paragraph


(QW-216) (QW-214)

QW-402 .16 < finished t < finished tJoints

.13 f P-Number 5/9/10 f P-Number 5/9/10


QW-403BaseMetals


.27 f Alloy elements f Alloy elements

.44 f Particle type f Particle type

.47 f Filler /powder f Filler /powdermetal size metal size

.48 f Powder metal f Powder metaldensity density

.49 f Filler /powder f Filler /powdermetal feed rate metal feed rate

QW-404FillerMetals


.4 Dec. > 100°F Dec. > 100°Fpreheat preheat

> Interpass > Interpass

QW-406Preheat


.2 f Single, mixture, or % f Single, mixture, or %

.6 f Environment f Environment

.11 6 Gases 6 Gases

.12 f % flow rate f % flow rate

.13 f Plasma jet position f Plasma jet position

QW-408Gas

.19 f Pulse f Pulse

.20 f Mode, energy f Mode, energy

.21 f Power, speed, d/fl, f Power speed, d/fl,distance distance


.7 f Oscillation f Oscillation

.14 f Angle of beam axis f Angle of beam axis

.17 f Type equip. f Type equip.


.45 f Method of surface f Method of surfaceprep. prep.

.52 f Filler metal delivery f Filler metal delivery

.53 f Overlap, spacing f Overlap, spacing

QW-410Technique

Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than

44


QW-283 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-286

QW-283 Welds With Buttering

QW-283.1 Scope.This paragraph only applies whenthe essential variables for the buttering process aredifferent than the essential variables for the processused for subsequent completion of the joint. Commonexamples are:

(1) the buttered member is heat treated and thecompleted weld is not heat treated after welding; and

(2) the filler metal used for buttering has a differentF-number from that used for the subsequent completionof the weld.

QW-283.2 Tests Required.The procedure shall bequalified by buttering the test coupon (including heattreating of the buttered member when this will be donein production welding) and then making the subsequentweld joining the members. The variables for the but-tering and for the subsequent weld shall be in accordancewith QW-250, except that QW-409.1 shall be an essen-tial variable for the welding process(es) used to completethe weld when the minimum buttering thickness is lessthan 3/16 in. (4.8 mm). Mechanical testing of thecompleted weldment shall be in accordance with QW-202.2(a).

If the buttering is done with filler metal of the samecomposition as the filler metal used to complete theweld, one weld test coupon may be used to qualifythe dissimilar metal joint by welding the first memberdirectly to the second member in accordance withSection IX.

QW-283.3 Buttering Thickness. The thickness ofbuttering which shall remain on the production butteredmember after all machining and grinding is completedand before subsequent completion of the joint shall berequired by the WPS. When this thickness is less than3/16 in. (4.8 mm), the thickness of buttering on thetest coupon shall be measured before the butteredmember is welded to the second member. This thicknessshall become the minimum qualified thickness of but-tering.

QW-283.4 Multiple Organizations. When one orga-nization butters a member and a second organizationcompletes the weld, the second organization shall alsoqualify the procedure in accordance with QW-283. Thebuttering thickness shall not be greater, nor the heatinput higher than that which was qualified by the firstorganization. The second organization may substituteany base metal which has an assigned P-Number anda chemical analysis nominally matching the chemicalanalysis of the buttering weld metal for the butteredbase metal of the procedure qualification test coupon.

45

QW-284 Resistance Welding MachineQualification

Each resistance welding machine shall be tested todetermine its ability to make welds consistently andreproducibly. A machine shall be requalified wheneverit is rebuilt, moved to a new location requiring a changein power supply, when the power supply is changed,or any other significant change is made to the equipment.Spot and projection welding machine qualification test-ing shall consist of making a set of 100 consecutivewelds. Every fifth of these welds shall be subjectedto mechanical shear tests. Five welds, which shallinclude one of the first five and one of the last fiveof the set shall be metallographically examined. Seamwelding machine qualification testing shall be the sameas procedure qualification testing required per QW-286.Maintenance or adjustment of the welding machineshall not be permitted during welding of a set of testwelds. Qualification testing on any P-No. 21 throughP-No. 25 aluminum alloy shall qualify the machine forall materials. Qualification on P-No. 1 through P-No.11 iron-base alloys and any P-No. 41 through P-No.47 nickel-base alloys shall qualify the machine for allP-No. 1 through P-No. 11 and P-No. 41 through P-No. 47 metals. Testing and acceptance criteria shallbe in accordance with QW-196.

QW-285 Resistance Spot and Projection WeldProcedure Qualification

Procedure qualification testing for spot or projectionwelds shall be done following a Welding ProcedureSpecification, and it shall consist of making a set of10 consecutive welds. Five of these welds shall besubjected to mechanical shear tests and five to metallo-graphic examination. Examination, testing, and accept-ance criteria shall be in accordance with QW-196.

QW-286 Resistance Seam Weld ProcedureQualification

Plates shall be prepared by welding or brazing apipe nipple to one of the plates at a hole in one ofthe plates, and then the plates shall be welded aroundthe edges, sealing the space between the plates asshown in QW-462.7. The space between the platesshall be pressurized until failure occurs. The procedurequalification is acceptable if failure occurs in the basemetal. An additional seam weld at least 6 in. (152 mm)long shall be made between plates of the same thickness

98

A99



as to be used in production welding, and this plateshall be cut into six approximately equal width stripsand one cross section of each strip shall be metallograph-ically examined and meet the requirements ofQW-196.

46

ARTICLE IIIWELDING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS

QW-300 GENERAL

QW-300.1 This Article lists the welding processesseparately, with the essential variables which apply towelder and welding operator performance qualifications.

The welder qualification is limited by the essentialvariables given for each welding process. These vari-ables are listed in QW-350, and are defined in ArticleIV Welding Data. The welding operator qualificationis limited by the essential variables given in QW-360for each type of weld.

A welder or welding operator may be qualified byradiography of a test coupon, radiography of his initialproduction welding, or by bend tests taken from a testcoupon except as stated in QW-304 and QW-305.

QW-300.2 The basic premises of responsibility inregard to welding are contained within QW-103 andQW-301.2. These paragraphs require that each manufac-turer or contractor (an assembler or an installer is tobe included within this premise) shall be responsiblefor conducting tests to qualify the performance ofwelders and welding operators in accordance with quali-fied Welding Procedure Specifications, which his organi-zation employs in the construction of weldments builtin accordance with the Code. The purpose of thisrequirement is to ensure that the manufacturer or con-tractor has determined that his welders and weldingoperators using his procedures are capable of developingthe minimum requirements specified for an acceptableweldment. This responsibility cannot be delegated toanother organization.

The welders or welding operators used to producesuch weldments shall be tested under the full supervisionand control of the manufacturer, contractor, assembler,or installer during the production of these test weld-ments. It is not permissible for the manufacturer, con-tractor, assembler, or installer to have the weldingperformed by another organization. It is permissible,however, to subcontract any or all of the work ofpreparation of test materials for welding and subsequent

47

work on the preparation of test specimens from thecompleted weldments, performance of nondestructiveexamination and mechanical tests, provided the manu-facturer, contractor, assembler, or installer accepts fullresponsibility for any such work.

The Code recognizes a manufacturer, contractor, as-sembler, or installer as the organization which hasresponsible operational control of the production of theweldments to be made in accordance with this Code.If in an organization effective operational control ofthe welder performance qualification for two or morecompanies of different names exists, the companiesinvolved shall describe in the Quality Control system,the operational control of performance qualifications.In this case requalification of welders and weldingoperators within the companies of such an organizationwill not be required, provided all other requirementsof Section IX are met.

QW-300.3 More than one manufacturer, contractor,assembler, or installer may simultaneously qualify one ormore welders or welding operators. When simultaneousqualifications are conducted, each participating organiza-tion shall be represented during welding of test couponsby an employee who is responsible for welder perform-ance qualification.

The welding procedure specifications (WPS) whichare followed during simultaneous qualifications shallbe compared by the participating organizations. TheWPSs shall be identical for all the essential variables,except for the preheat temperature and PWHT require-ments. The qualified thickness ranges for base metaland deposited weld metal need not be identical, butthese thicknesses shall be adequate to permit weldingof the test coupons. Alternatively, the participatingorganizations shall agree upon the use of a single WPSprovided each participating organization has a PQR(s)to support the WPS covering the range of variables tobe followed in the performance qualification. Whena single WPS is to be followed, each participatingorganization shall review and accept that WPS.

QW-300.3 1998 SECTION IX QW-302.1

Each participating organization’s representative shallpositively identify each welder or welding operatorwho is being tested. Each organizational representativeshall also verify marking of the test coupon withthe welder’s or welding operator’s identification, andmarking of the top of the test coupon when the orienta-tion must be known in order to remove test specimens.

Each organization’s representative shall perform avisual examination of each completed test coupon andshall examine each test specimen to determine itsacceptability. Alternatively, after visual examination,when the test coupon(s) are prepared and tested by anindependent laboratory, that laboratory’s report may beused as the basis for accepting the test results. Whenthe test coupon(s) is radiographically examined (QW-302.2), the radiographic testing facility’s report may beused as the basis for acceptance of the radiographic test.

Each organizational representative shall complete andsign a Welder /Welding Operator Performance Qualifi-cation (WPQ) Record for each welder or weldingoperator. Form QW-484 (see Nonmandatory AppendixB) has been provided as a guide for the WPQ.

When a welder or welding operator changes employ-ers between participating organizations, the employingorganization shall verify that the welder’s continuityof qualifications has been maintained as required byQW-322 by previous employers since his qualificationdate. If the welder or welding operator has had hisqualification withdrawn for specific reasons, the em-ploying organization shall notify all other participatingorganizations that the welder’s or welding operator’squalification(s) has been revoked in accordance withQW-322.1(b). The remaining participating organizationsshall determine that the welder or welding operatorcan perform satisfactory work in accordance with thisSection.

When a welder’s or welding operator’s qualificationsare renewed in accordance with the provisions of QW-322.2, each renewing organization shall be representedby an employee who is responsible for welder perform-ance qualification. The testing procedures shall followthe rules of this paragraph.

QW-301 Tests

QW-301.1 Intent of Tests. The performance qual-ification tests are intended to determine the ability ofwelders and welding operators to make sound welds.

QW-301.2 Qualification Tests.Each manufactureror contractor shall qualify each welder or weldingoperator for each welding process to be used in produc-tion welding. The performance qualification test shall be

48

welded in accordance with qualified Welding ProcedureSpecifications (WPS), except that when performancequalification is done in accordance with a WPS thatrequires a preheat or postweld heat treatment, thesemay be omitted. Changes beyond which requalificationis required are given in QW-350 for welders andin QW-360 for welding operators. Allowable visual,mechanical, and radiographic examination requirementsare described in QW-304 and QW-305. Retests andrenewal of qualification are given in QW-320.

The welder or welding operator who prepares theWPS qualification test coupons meeting the require-ments of QW-200 is also qualified within the limitsof the performance qualifications, listed in QW-304 forwelders and in QW-305 for welding operators. He isqualified only within the limits for positions specifiedin QW-303.

The performance test may be terminated at any stageof the testing procedure, whenever it becomes apparentto the supervisor conducting the tests that the welderor welding operator does not have the required skillto produce satisfactory results.

QW-301.3 Identification of Welders and WeldingOperators. Each qualified welder and welding operatorshall be assigned an identifying number, letter, orsymbol by the manufacturer or contractor, which shallbe used to identify the work of that welder or weldingoperator.

QW-301.4 Record of Tests. The record ofWelder /Welding Operator Performance Qualification(WPQ) tests shall include the essential variables (QW-350 or QW-360), the type of test and test results, andthe ranges qualified in accordance with QW-452 foreach welder and welding operator. A suggested formfor these records is given in Form QW-484 (see Non-mandatory Appendix B).

QW-302 Type of Test Required

QW-302.1 Mechanical Tests.Except as may bespecified for special processes (QW-380), the type andnumber of test specimens required for mechanical testingshall be in accordance with QW-452. Groove weld testspecimens shall be removed in a manner similar tothat shown in QW-463.2(a) through QW-463.2(h). Filletweld test specimens shall be removed in a mannersimilar to that shown in QW-462.4(a) through QW-462.4(d) and QW-463.2(h).

All mechanical tests shall meet the requirementsprescribed in QW-160 or QW-180, as applicable.

ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u15 04-10-99 08:20:59 pd: sec9

QW-302.2 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-304.1

QW-302.2 Radiographic Examination. When thewelder or welding operator is qualified by radiographicexamination, as permitted in QW-304 for welders andQW-305 for welding operators, the minimum lengthof coupon(s) to be examined shall be 6 in. (152 mm)and shall include the entire weld circumference forpipe(s), except that for small diameter pipe, multiplecoupons may be required, but the number need notexceed four consecutively made test coupons. Theradiographic technique and acceptance criteria shall bein accordance with QW-191.

QW-302.3 Test Coupons in Pipe.For test couponsmade on pipe in position 1G or 2G of QW-461.4, twospecimens shall be removed as shown for bend speci-mens in QW-463.2(d) or QW-463.2(e), omitting thespecimens in the upper-right and lower-left quadrants,and replacing the root-bend specimen in the upper-leftquadrant of QW-463.2(d) with a face-bend specimen.For test coupons made on pipe in position 5G or 6Gof QW-461.4, specimens shall be removed in accordancewith QW-463.2(d) or QW-463.2(e) and all four speci-mens shall pass the test. For test coupons made inboth positions 2G and 5G on a single pipe test coupon,specimens shall be removed in accordance with QW-463.2(f) or QW-463.2(g).

QW-302.4 Visual Examination. For plate couponsall surfaces (except areas designated “discard”) shallbe examined visually per QW-194 before cutting of bendspecimens. Pipe coupons shall be visually examinedper QW-194 over the entire circumference, inside andoutside.

QW-303 Limits of Qualified Positions andDiameters(See QW-461)

QW-303.1 Groove Welds — General.Welders andwelding operators who pass the required tests for groovewelds in the test positions of QW-461.9 shall bequalified for the positions of groove welds and filletwelds shown in QW-461.9. In addition, welders andwelding operators who pass the required tests for groovewelds shall also be qualified to make fillet welds inall thicknesses and pipe diameters of any size withinthe limits of the welding variables of QW-350 or QW-360, as applicable.

QW-303.2 Fillet Welds — General. Welders andwelding operators who pass the required tests for filletwelds in the test positions of QW-461.9 shall bequalified for the positions of fillet welds shown in QW-461.9. Welders and welding operators who pass thetests for fillet welds shall be qualified to make fillet

49

welds only in the thicknesses of material, sizes of filletwelds, and diameters of pipe and tube 27⁄8 in. (73 mm)O.D. and over, as shown in QW-452.5, within theapplicable essential variables. Welders and weldingoperators who make fillet welds on pipe or tube lessthan 27⁄8 in. (73 mm) O.D. must pass the pipe filletweld test per QW-452.4 or the required mechanicaltests in QW-304 and QW-305 as applicable.

QW-303.3 Special Positions.A fabricator who doesproduction welding in a special orientation may makethe tests for performance qualification in this specificorientation. Such qualifications are valid only for theflat position and for the special positions actually tested,except that an angular deviation of615 deg. is permittedin the inclination of the weld axis and the rotation ofthe weld face, as defined in QW-461.1 and QW-461.2.

QW-303.4 Stud-Weld Positions.Qualification in the4S position also qualifies for the 1S position. Qualifica-tion in the 4S and 2S positions qualifies for all positions.

QW-304 Welders

Except for the special requirements of QW-380, eachwelder who welds under the rules of the Code shallhave passed the mechanical and visual examinationsprescribed in QW-302.1 and QW-302.4 respectively.Alternatively, welders making a groove weld usingSMAW, SAW, GTAW, PAW, and GMAW (exceptshort-circuiting mode) or a combination of these pro-cesses, may be qualified by radiographic examination,except for P-No. 21 through P-No. 25, P-No. 51 throughP-No. 53, and P-No. 61 through P-No. 62 metals.Welders making groove welds in P-No. 21 through P-No. 25 and P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 metals with theGTAW process may also be qualified by radiographicexamination. The radiographic examination shall be inaccordance with QW-302.2.

A welder qualified to weld in accordance with onequalified WPS is also qualified to weld in accordancewith other qualified WPSs, using the same weldingprocess, within the limits of the essential variables ofQW-350.

QW-304.1 Examination.Welds made in test couponsfor performance qualification may be examined byvisual and mechanical examinations (QW-302.1, QW-302.4) or by radiography (QW-302.2) for the process(es)and mode of arc transfer specified in QW-304. Alterna-tively, a 6 in. (152 mm) length of the first productionweld made by a welder using the process(es) and/ormode of arc transfer specified in QW-304 may bequalified by radiography.

A99


A99

QW-304.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-310.3

QW-304.2 Failure to Meet Radiographic Stan-dards. If a production weld is selected for welderperformance qualification and it does not meet theradiographic standards, the welder has failed the test.In this event, the entire production weld made by thiswelder shall be radiographed and repaired by a qualifiedwelder or welding operator. Alternatively, retests maybe made as permitted in QW-320.

QW-305 Welding Operators

Except for the special requirements of QW-380, eachwelding operator who welds under the rules of thisCode shall have passed the mechanical and visualexaminations prescribed in QW-302.1 and QW-302.4respectively. Alternatively, welding operators makinga groove weld using SMAW, SAW, GTAW, PAW,EGW, and GMAW (except short-circuiting mode) ora combination of these processes, may be qualified byradiographic examination, except for P-No. 21 throughP-No. 25, P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, and P-No. 61through P-No. 62 metals. Welding operators makinggroove welds in P-No. 21 through P-No. 25 and P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 metals with the GTAW processmay also be qualified by radiographic examination. Theradiographic examination shall be in accordance withQW-302.2.

A welding operator qualified to weld in accordancewith one qualified WPS is also qualified to weld inaccordance with other qualified WPSs within the limitsof the essential variables of QW-360.

QW-305.1 Examination.Welds made in test couponsmay be examined by radiography (QW-302.2) or byvisual and mechanical examinations (QW-302.1, QW-302.4). Alternatively, a 3 ft (0.9 m) length of the firstproduction weld made entirely by the welding operatorin accordance with a qualified WPS may be examinedby radiography.

QW-305.2 Failure to Meet Radiographic Stan-dards. If a portion of a production weld is selectedfor welding operator performance qualification, and itdoes not meet the radiographic standards, the weldingoperator has failed the test. In this event, the entireproduction weld made by this welding operator shallbe radiographed completely and repaired by a qualifiedwelder or welding operator. Alternatively, retests maybe made as permitted in QW-320.

QW-306 Combination of Welding Processes

Each welder or welding operator shall be qualifiedwithin the limits given in QW-301 for the specific

50

welding process(es) he will be required to use inproduction welding. A welder or welding operatormay be qualified by making tests with each individualwelding process in separate test coupons, or with acombination of welding processes in a single test cou-pon. Two or more welders or welding operators, eachusing the same or a different welding process, may bequalified in combination in a single test coupon. Forcombination qualifications in a single test coupon, thelimits for thicknesses of deposited weld metal, andbend and fillet testing are given in QW-452 and shallbe considered individually for each welder or weldingoperator for each welding process or whenever thereis a change in an essential variable. A welder or weldingoperator qualified in combination on a single test couponis qualified to weld in production using any of hisprocesses individually or in different combinations,provided he welds within his limits of qualificationwith each specific process.

Failure of any portion of a combination test in asingle test coupon constitutes failure of the entirecombination.

QW-310 QUALIFICATION TEST COUPONS

QW-310.1 Test Coupons.The test coupons may beplate, pipe, or other product forms. When all positionqualifications for pipe are accomplished by weldingone pipe assembly in both the 2G and 5G positions(QW-461.4), 6 in. (DN 150), 8 in. (DN 200), 10 in.(DN 250), or larger diameter pipe shall be employedto make up the test coupon as shown in QW-463.2(f)for 10 in. (DN 250) or larger pipe and in QW-463.2(g)for 6 in. (DN 150) or 8 in. (DN 200) diameter pipe.

QW-310.2 Welding Groove With Backing. Thedimensions of the welding groove on the test couponused in making qualification tests for double-weldedgroove welds or single-welded groove welds with back-ing shall be the same as those for any Welding ProcedureSpecification (WPS) qualified by the manufacturer, orshall be as shown in QW-469.1.

A single-welded groove-weld test coupon with back-ing or a double-welded groove-weld test coupon shallbe considered welding with backing. Partial penetrationgroove welds and fillet welds are considered weldingwith backing.

QW-310.3 Welding Groove Without Backing.Thedimensions of the welding groove of the test couponused in making qualification tests for single-weldedgroove welds without backing shall be the same asthose for any WPS qualified by the manufacturer, oras shown in QW-469.2.

QW-320 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-322.1

QW-320 RETESTS AND RENEWAL OFQUALIFICATION

QW-321 Retests

A welder or welding operator who fails one or moreof the tests prescribed in QW-304 or QW-305, asapplicable, may be retested under the following condi-tions.

QW-321.1 Immediate Retest Using Visual Exami-nation. When the qualification coupon has failed thevisual examination of QW-302.4, retesting shall be byvisual examination before conducting the mechanicaltesting.

When an immediate retest is made, the welder orwelding operator shall make two consecutive test cou-pons for each position which he has failed, all of whichshall pass the visual examination requirements.

The examiner may select one of the successful testcoupons from each set of retest coupons which passthe visual examination for conducting the mechanicaltesting.

QW-321.2 Immediate Retest Using MechanicalTesting. When the qualification coupon has failed themechanical testing of QW-302.1, retesting shall be bymechanical testing.

When an immediate retest is made, the welder orwelding operator shall make two consecutive test cou-pons for each position which he has failed, all of whichshall pass the test requirements.

QW-321.3 Immediate Retest Using Radiography.When the qualification coupon has failed the radio-graphic examination of QW-302.2, the immediate retestshall be by the radiographic examination method.

(a) For welders and welding operators the retest shallbe to radiographically examine two 6 in. (152 mm)plate coupons; for pipe, to examine two pipes for atotal of 12 in. (305 mm) of weld, which shall includethe entire weld circumference for pipe or pipes (forsmall diameter pipe the total number of consecutivelymade test coupons need not exceed eight).

(b) At the option of the manufacturer, the welderwho has failed the (production weld alternative) testin QW-304.1 may be retested by radiographing anadditional 12 in. (305 mm) length of the same productionweld. If this length of weld passes the test, the welderis qualified and the area of weld on which he hadpreviously failed the test shall be repaired by him oranother qualified welder.

51

If this 12 in. (305 mm) length does not meet theradiographic standards, the welder has failed the retestand all of the production welds made by this weldershall be radiographed completely and repaired by aqualified welder or welding operator.

(c) At the option of the manufacturer, the weldingoperator who has failed the test in QW-305.2 may beretested by radiographing an additional 6 ft (1.8 m)length of the same production weld. If this length ofweld passes the test, the welding operator is qualifiedand the area of weld on which he had previously failedthe test shall be repaired by him or another qualifiedwelder or welding operator. If this 6 ft (1.8 m) lengthdoes not meet the radiographic standards, the weldingoperator has failed the retest and all of the productionwelds made by this welding operator shall be radio-graphed completely and repaired by a qualified welderor welding operator.

QW-321.4 Further Training. When the welder orthe welding operator has had further training or practice,a new test shall be made for each position on whichhe failed to meet the requirements.

QW-322 Expiration and Renewal ofQualification

QW-322.1 Expiration of Qualification. The per-formance qualification of a welder or welding operatorshall be affected when one of the following conditionsoccurs:

(a) When he has not welded with a process duringa period of 6 months or more, his qualifications forthat process shall expire; unless, within the six monthperiod, prior to his expiration of qualification,

(1) a welder has welded using a manual or semiau-tomatic welding process which will maintain his quali-fication for manual and semiautomatic welding withthat process;

(2) a welding operator has welded with a machineor automatic welding process which will maintain hisqualification for machine and automatic welding withthat process.

(b) When there is a specific reason to question hisability to make welds that meet the specification, thequalifications which support the welding he is doingshall be revoked. All other qualifications not questionedremain in effect.

QW-322.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-354

QW-322.2 Renewal of Qualification(a) Renewal of qualification expired under QW-

322.1(a) above may be made for any process by weldinga single test coupon of either plate or pipe, of anymaterial, thickness or diameter, in any position, andby testing of that coupon as required by QW-301 andQW-302. A successful test renews the welder or weldingoperator’s previous qualifications for that process forthose materials, thicknesses, diameters, positions, andother variables for which he was previously qualified.

Providing the conditions of QW-304 and QW-305are satisfied, renewal of qualification under QW-322.1(a)may be done on production work.

(b) Welders and welding operators whose qualifica-tions have been revoked under QW-322.1(b) aboveshall requalify. Qualification shall utilize a test couponappropriate to the planned production work. The couponshall be welded and tested as required by QW-301 andQW-302. Successful test restores the qualification.

QW-350 WELDING VARIABLES FORWELDERS

QW-351 General

A welder shall be requalified whenever a change ismade in one or more of the essential variables listedfor each welding process.

Where a combination of welding processes is requiredto make a weldment, each welder shall be qualifiedfor the particular welding process or processes he willbe required to use in production welding. A weldermay be qualified by making tests with each individualwelding process, or with a combination of weldingprocesses in a single test coupon.

The limits of deposited weld metal thickness forwhich he will be qualified are dependent upon thethickness of the weld he deposits with each weldingprocess, exclusive of any weld reinforcement, this thick-ness shall be considered the test coupon thickness asgiven in QW-452.

In any given production weldment, welders may notdeposit a thickness greater than that permitted by QW-452 for each welding process in which they are qualified.

52

QW-352 OXYFUEL GAS WELDING (OFW)Essential Variables

Paragraph Brief of Variables

QW-402.7 + Backing

Joints

.2 Maximum qualified

.18 f P-Number

QW-403Base Metals

.14 6 Filler

.15 f F-Number

.31 f t Weld deposit

QW-404Filler Metals

QW-405.1 + Position

Positions

QW-408.7 f Type fuel gas

Gas

QW-353 SHIELDED METAL-ARC WELDING (SMAW)Essential Variables


QW-402.4 − Backing

Joints

.16 f Pipe diameter

.18 f P-Number

QW-403Base Metals

.15 f F-Number


QW-404Filler Metals

.1 + Position

.3 f ↑ ↓ Vertical welding

QW-405Positions

QW-354 SEMIAUTOMATIC SUBMERGED-ARCWELDING (SAW)Essential Variables


.16 f Pipe diameter

.18 f P-Number

QW-403Base Metals

.15 f F-Number


QW-404Filler Metals

QW-405.1 + Position

Positions

QW-355 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-361.1

QW-355 SEMIAUTOMATIC GAS METAL-ARCWELDING (GMAW)

[This Includes Flux-Corded Arc Welding (FCAW)]Essential Variables


QW-402 .4 − BackingJoints

.16 f Pipe diameter

.18 f P-NumberQW-403Base Metals

.15 f F-Number


.32 t Limit (S. Cir. Arc.)

QW-404Filler Metals

.1 + Position


QW-405Positions

QW-408 .8 − Inert backingGas

QW-409 .2 f Transfer modeElectrical

QW-356 MANUAL AND SEMIAUTOMATIC GASTUNGSTEN-ARC WELDING (GTAW)

Essential Variables



.16 f Pipe diameter

.18 f P-Number

QW-403Base Metals

.14 6 Filler

.15 f F-Number

.22 6 Inserts

.23 f Solid or metal-coredto flux-cored


QW-404Filler Metals

.1 + Position


QW-405Positions


QW-409 .4 f Current or polarityElectrical

53

QW-357 MANUAL AND SEMIAUTOMATICPLASMA-ARC WELDING (PAW)

Essential Variables



.16 f Pipe diameter

.18 f P-NumberQW-403Base Metals

.14 6 Filler

.15 f F-Number

.22 6 Inserts

.23 f Solid or metal-coredto flux-cored


QW-404Filler Metals

.1 + Position


QW-405Positions


Legend for QW-352 through QW-357:f Change ↑ Uphill+ Addition ↓ Downhill− Deletion

QW-360 WELDING VARIABLES FORWELDING OPERATORS

QW-361 General

A welding operator shall be requalified whenever achange is made in one of the following essentialvariables. There may be exceptions or additional require-ments for the processes of QW-362, QW-363, and thespecial processes of QW-380.

QW-361.1 Essential Variables — AutomaticWelding

(a) A change from automatic to machine welding.(b) A change in the welding process.(c) For electron beam and laser welding, the addition

or deletion of filler metal.(d) For laser welding, a change in laser type (e.g.,

a change from CO2 to YAG).(e) For friction welding, a change from continous

drive to inertia welding or vice versa.(f) For electron beam welding, a change from vac-

uum to out-of-vacuum equipment, and vice versa.

QW-361.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-383.1

QW-361.2 Essential Variables — Machine Welding(a) A change in the welding process.(b) A change from direct visual control to remote

visual control and vice-versa.(c) The deletion of an automatic arc voltage control

system for GTAW.(d) The deletion of automatic joint tracking.(e) The addition of welding positions other than

those already qualified (see QW-120, QW-130, andQW-303).

(f) The deletion of consumable inserts, except thatqualification with consumable inserts shall also qualifyfor fillet welds and welds with backing.

(g) The deletion of backing. Double-welded groovewelds are considered welding with backing.

(h) A change from single pass per side to multiplepasses per side but not the reverse.

QW-362 Electron Beam Welding (EBW), LaserBeam Welding (LBW), and FrictionWelding (FRW)

The performance qualification test coupon shall beproduction parts or test coupons that have joint designspermitted by any qualified WPS. The coupon shallbe mechanically tested in accordance with QW-452.Alternatively, when the part or coupon does not readilylend itself to the preparation of bend test specimens,the part may be cut so that at least two full-thicknessweld cross sections are exposed. Those cross sectionsshall be smoothed and etched with a suitable etchant(see QW-470) to give a clear definition of the weldmetal and heat affected zone. The weld metal and heataffected zone shall exhibit complete fusion and freedomfrom cracks. The essential variables for welding operatorqualification shall be in accordance with QW-361.

QW-363 Stud Welding

Stud welding operators shall be performance qualifiedin accordance with the test requirements of QW-193and the position requirements of QW-303.4.

QW-380 SPECIAL PROCESSES

QW-381 Corrosion-Resistant Weld MetalOverlay

(a) The size of test coupons, limits of qualification,required examinations and tests, and test specimensshall be as specified in QW-453.

(b) Welders or welding operators who pass the testsfor corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay cladding shall

54

only be qualified to apply corrosion-resistant weld metaloverlay portion of a groove weld joining compositeclad or lined materials.

(c) The essential variables of QW-350 and QW-360 shall apply for welders and welding operators,respectively, except welders or welding operators shallbe qualified for unlimited maximum deposited thicknessand as otherwise specified in QW-453.

(d) A welder or welding operator who has qualifiedon composite welds in clad or lined material, as providedin QW-383.1(b) is also qualified to deposit corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay.

QW-382 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay(Wear Resistant)

(a) The size of the test coupons, limits of qualifica-tion, required examinations and tests, and test specimensshall be as specified in QW-453. Base material testcoupons may be as permitted in QW-423.

(b) Welders and welding operators who pass thetests for hard-facing weld metal overlay are qualifiedfor hard-facing overlay only.

(c) The essential variable, of QW-350 and QW-360, shall apply for welders and welding operators,respectively, except that there is no limit on the maxi-mum thickness of hard-facing overlay that may beapplied in production and as otherwise specified inQW-453.

(d) Qualification with one AWS classification withinan SFA specification qualifies for all other AWS classi-fications in that SFA specification.

(e) A change in welding process shall require welderand welding operator requalification.

QW-383 Joining of Clad Materials andApplied Linings

QW-383.1 Clad Materials(a) Welders and welding operators who will join the

base material portion of clad materials shall be qualifiedfor groove welding in accordance with QW-301. Weld-ers and welding operators who will apply the claddingportion of a weld between clad materials shall bequalified in accordance with QW-381. Welders andwelding operators need only be qualified for the portionsof composite welds that they will make in production.

(b) As an alternative to (a), welders and weldingoperators may be qualified using composite test coupons.The test coupon shall be at least3⁄8 in. thick and ofdimensions such that a groove weld can be made tojoin the base materials and the corrosion-resistant weldmetal overlay can be applied to the completed groove


QW-383.1 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-384

weld. Four side bend test specimens shall be removedfrom the completed test coupon and tested. The grooveweld portion and the corrosion-resistant weld metaloverlay portion of the test coupon shall be evaluatedusing the respective criteria in QW-163. Welders andwelding operators qualified using composite test cou-pons are qualified to join base materials as providedby QW-301, and they are qualified to apply corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay as provided by QW-381.

QW-383.2 Applied Linings(a) Welders and welding operators shall be qualified

following the rules for making groove or fillet weldsin accordance with QW-301. Plug welds for attachingapplied linings shall be considered equivalent to filletwelds for the purpose of performance qualification.

(b) An alternate test coupon shall consist of thegeometry to be welded, except the base material neednot exceed 1 in. (25 mm) in thickness. The welded

55

test coupon shall be sectioned and etched to reveal theweld and heat-affected zone. The weld shall showpenetration into the base metal.

QW-384 Resistance Welding OperatorQualification

Each welding operator shall be tested on each machinetype which he will use. Qualification testing on anyP-No. 21 through P-No. 25 metal shall qualify theoperator for all materials. Qualification on any P-No.1 through P-No. 11 or any P-No. 41 through P-No.47 metals shall qualify the operator for all P-No. 1through P-No. 11 or P-No. 41 through P-No. 47 metals.Qualification testing shall consist of making a set of10 consecutive welds, five of which shall be subjectedto mechanical shear tests or peel tests, and five tometallographic examination. Examination, testing, andacceptance criteria shall be in accordance with QW-196.

A99

ARTICLE IVWELDING DATA

QW-400 VARIABLES

QW-401 General

Each welding variable described in this Article isapplicable as an essential, supplemental essential, ornonessential variable for procedure qualification whenreferenced in QW-250 for each specific welding process.Essential variables for performance qualification arereferenced in QW-350 for each specific welding process.A change from one welding process to another weldingprocess is an essential variable and requires requalifi-cation.

QW-401.1 Essential Variable (Procedure). Achange in a welding condition which will affect themechanical properties (other than notch toughness) ofthe weldment (for example, change in P-Number, weld-ing process, filler metal, electrode, preheat or postweldheat treatment, etc.).

QW-401.2 Essential Variable (Performance).Achange in a welding condition which will affect theability of a welder to deposit sound weld metal (suchas a change in welding process, deletion of backing,electrode, F-Number, technique, etc.).

QW-401.3 Supplemental Essential Variable (Pro-cedure). A change in a welding condition which willaffect the notch-toughness properties of a weldment(for example, change in welding process, uphill or downvertical welding, heat input, preheat or PWHT, etc.).

When a procedure has been previously qualified tosatisfy all requirements other than notch toughness, itis then necessary only to prepare an additional testcoupon using the same procedure with the same essentialvariables, but additionally with all of the requiredsupplementary essential variables, with the coupon longenough to provide the necessary notch-toughness spec-imens.

When a procedure has been previously qualified tosatisfy all requirements including notch toughness, butone or more supplementary essential variable is changed,

57

then it is only necessary to prepare an additional testcoupon using the same welding procedure and the newsupplementary essential variable(s), with the couponlong enough to provide the necessary notch-toughnessspecimens. If a previously qualified weld procedurehas satisfactory notch-toughness values in the weldmetal, then it is necessary only to test notch-toughnessspecimens from the heat affected zone when such arerequired.

QW-401.4 Nonessential Variable (Procedure).Achange in a welding condition which willnot affectthe mechanical properties of a weldment (such as jointdesign, method of back gouging or cleaning, etc.)

QW-401.5 The welding data includes the weldingvariables grouped as joints, base metals, filler metals,position, preheat, postweld heat treatment, gas, electricalcharacteristics, and technique. For convenience, vari-ables for each welding process are summarized in QW-416 for performance qualification.

QW-402 Joints

QW-402.1 A change in the type of groove (Vee-groove, U-groove, single-bevel, double-bevel, etc.).

QW-402.2 The addition or deletion of a backing.

QW-402.3 A change in the nominal composition ofthe backing.

QW-402.4 The deletion of the backing in single-welded groove welds. Double-welded groove welds areconsidered welding with backing.

QW-402.5 The addition of a backing or a changein its nominal composition.

QW-402.6 An increase in the fit-up gap, beyondthat initially qualified.

QW-402.7 1998 SECTION IX QW-403.5

QW-402.7 The addition of backing.

QW-402.8 A change in nominal size or shape ofthe stud at the section to be welded.

QW-402.9 In stud welding, a change in shieldingas a result of ferrule or flux type.

QW-402.10 A change in the specified root spacing.

QW-402.11 The addition or deletion of nonmetallicretainers or nonfusing metal retainers.

QW-402.12The welding procedure qualification testshall duplicate the joint configuration to be used inproduction within the limits listed, except that pipe ortube to pipe or tube may be used for qualification ofa pipe or tube to other shapes, and solid round to solidround may be used for qualification of a solid roundto other shapes:

(a) any change exceeding610 deg. in the anglemeasured for the plane of either face to be joined, tothe axis of rotation;

(b) a change in cross-sectional area of the weld jointgreater than 10%;

(c) a change in the outside diameter of the cylindricalweld interface of the assembly greater than610%;

(d) a change from solid to tubular cross section atthe joint or vice versa regardless of (b) above.

QW-402.13 A change in the joint from spot toprojection to seam or vice versa.

QW-402.14 A decrease in the center-to-center dis-tance when the welds overlap. An increase or decreaseof more than 10% in the spacing of the welds whenthey are within two diameters of each other.

QW-402.15 A change in the size or shape of theprojection in projection welding.

QW-402.16 A decrease in the distance between theweld fusion line and the final surface of the productioncorrosion-resistant or hard-facing weld metal overlaybelow the minimum thickness qualified as shown inQW-462.5(a) through QW-462.5(e). There is no limiton the maximum thickness for corrosion-resistant orhard-facing weld metal overlay that may be used inproduction.

QW-402.17 An increase in the thickness of theproduction spray fuse hard-facing deposit above thethickness deposited on the procedure qualification testcoupon.

58

QW-403 Base Metals

QW-403.1 A change from a base metal listed underone P-Number in QW/QB-422 to a metal listed underanother P-Number or to any other base metal. Whenjoints are made between two base metals that havedifferent P-Numbers, a procedure qualification shall bemade for the applicable combination of P-Numbers,even though qualification tests have been made foreach of the two base metals welded to itself.

QW-403.2 The maximum thickness qualified is thethickness of the test coupon.

QW-403.3 Where the measurement of penetrationcan be made by visual or mechanical means, requalifica-tion is required where the base metal thickness differsby 20% from that of the test coupon thickness whenthe test coupon thickness is 1 in. (25 mm) and under,and 10% when the test coupon thickness is over 1 in.(25 mm) Where the measurement of penetration cannotbe made, requalification is required where the basemetal thickness differs by 10% from that of the testcoupon when the test coupon thickness is 1 in. (25 mm)and under, and 5% when the test coupon thickness isover 1 in. (25 mm).

QW-403.4 Welding procedure qualifications shall bemade using a base metal of the same type or gradeor another base metal listed in the same group (seeQW/QB-422) as the base metal to be used in productionwelding. When joints are to be made between basemetals from two different groups, a procedure qualifica-tion must be made for the applicable combination ofbase metals, even though procedure qualification testshave been made for each of the two base metals weldedto itself.

QW-403.5 Welding procedure qualifications shall bemade using a base metal of the same type or gradeor another base metal listed in the same P-Numberand Group Number (see QW/QB-422) as the basemetal to be used in production welding. A procedurequalification shall be made for each P-Number andGroup Number combination of base metals, even thoughprocedure qualification tests have been made for eachof the two base metals welded to itself. If, however,the procedure specification for welding the combinationof base metals specifies the same essential variables,including electrode or filler metal, as both specificationsfor welding each base metal to itself, such that basemetals is the only change, then the procedure specifica-tion for welding the combination of base metals is alsoqualified. In addition, when base metals of two differentP-Number Group Number combinations are qualified

QW-403.5 WELDING DATA QW-403.20

using a single test coupon, that coupon qualifies thewelding of those two P-Number Group Numbers tothemselves as well as to each other using the variablesqualified. This variable does not apply when impacttesting of the heat-affected zone is not required byother Sections.

QW-403.6The minimum base metal thickness quali-fied is the thickness of the test couponT or 5⁄8 in.(16 mm), whichever is less. However, whereT is lessthan 1⁄4 in. (6 mm), the minimum thickness qualifiedis 1⁄2T. This limitation does not apply when a WPS isqualified with a PWHT above the upper transformationtemperature or when an austenitic material is solutionannealed after welding.

QW-403.7 For the multipass processes of shieldedmetal-arc, submerged-arc, gas tungsten-arc, and gasmetal-arc, the maximum thickness qualified for 11⁄2 in.(38 mm) and over thicknessT of the test coupon ofQW-451.1 shall be 8 in. (203 mm) for the conditionsshown in QW-451.1. For thicknesses greater than 8 in.(203 mm), the maximum thicknesses of base metaland deposited weld metal qualified is 1.33T or 1.33t,as applicable.

QW-403.8 A change in base metal thickness beyondthe range qualified in QW-451, except as otherwisepermitted by QW-202.4(b).

QW-403.9 For single-pass or multipass welding inwhich any pass is greater than1⁄2 in. (13 mm) thick,an increase in base metal thickness beyond 1.1 timesthat of the qualification test coupon.

QW-403.10 For the short-circuiting transfer modeof the gas metal-arc process, when the qualificationtest coupon thickness is less than1⁄2 in. (13 mm), anincrease in thickness beyond 1.1 times that of thequalification test coupon. For thicknesses of1⁄2 in.(13 mm) and greater, use QW-451.1 or QW-451.2, asapplicable.

QW-403.11 Base metals specified in the WPS shallbe qualified by a procedure qualification test which wasmade using base metals in accordance with QW-424.

QW-403.12A change from a base metal listed underone P-Number of QW/QB-422 to a base metal listedunder another P-Number. When joints are made betweentwo base metals that have different P-Numbers, requali-fication is required even though the two base metals havebeen independently qualified using the same procedure.When the melt-in technique is used for joining P-No.1, P-No. 3, P-No. 4, and P-No. 5A, a procedurequalification test with one P-Number metal shall also

59

qualify for that P-Number metal welded to each of thelower P-Number metals, but not vice versa.

QW-403.13 A change from one P-No. 5 to anyother P-No. 5 (viz P-No. 5A to P-No. 5B or P-No.5C or vice versa). A change from P-No. 9A to P-No.9B but not vice versa. A change from one P-No. 10to any other P-No. 10 (viz P-No. 10A to P-No. 10Bor P-No. 10C, etc., or vice versa).

QW-403.15Welding procedure qualifications for la-ser beam welding and electron beam welding shall bemade using a base metal of the same type or gradeor another base metal listed in the same P-Number(and the same group where given — see QW/QB-422)as the base metal to be used in production welding.When joints are to be made between base metals fromtwo different P-Numbers (or two different groups), aprocedure qualification must be made for the applicablecombination of base metals even though procedurequalification tests have been made for each of the twobase metals welded to itself.

QW-403.16 A change in the pipe diameter beyondthe range qualified in QW-452, except as otherwisepermitted in QW-303.1, QW-303.2, or when weldingcorrosion-resistant weld metal overlay is performedparallel to the axis of the pipe.

QW-403.17In stud welding, a change in combinationof base metal listed under one P-Number in QW/QB-422 and stud metal P-Number (as defined in Notebelow), or to any other base metal /stud metal combi-nation.

NOTE: Stud metal shall be classified by nominal chemical composi-tion and can be assigned a P-Number when it meets the nominalcomposition of any one of the P-Number metals.

QW-403.18 A change from one P-Number to anyother P-Number or to a base metal not listed in QW/QB-422, except as permitted in QW-423, and in QW-420.2.

QW-403.19 A change to another base material typeor grade (type or grade are materials of the samenominal chemical analysis and mechanical propertyrange, even though of different product form), or toany other base material type or grade. When joints aremade between two different types or grades of basematerial, a procedure qualification must be made forthe applicable combinations of materials, even thoughprocedure qualification tests have been made for eachof the two base materials welded to itself.

QW-403.20A change from a base metal, listed underone P-Number in QW/QB-422, to a metal listed under

QW-403.20 1998 SECTION IX QW-404.10

another P-Number or to any other base metal; from abase metal of one subgroup to any other grouping inP-No. 10 or 11.

QW-403.21 The addition or deletion of a coating,plating or cladding, or a change in the nominal chemicalanalysis or thickness range of the plating or cladding,or a change in type of coating as specified in the WPS.

QW-403.22 A change in the nominal base metalthickness exceeding 5% of any outer sheet thicknessor 10% of the nominal thickness of the total joint fromthat qualified.

QW-403.23A change in base metal thickness beyondthe range qualified in QW-453.

QW-404 Filler Metals

QW-404.1 A change in the cross-sectional area ofthe filler metal added (excluding buttering) or in thewire-feed speed greater than610% beyond that qual-ified.

QW-404.2 A decrease in the thickness or change innominal specified chemical analysis of weld metalbuttering beyond that qualified. (Buttering or surfacingis the deposition of weld metal on one or both facesof the joint prior to preparation of the joint for finalelectron beam welding.)

QW-404.3 A change in the size of the filler metal.

QW-404.4 A change from one F-Number in QW-432 to any other F-Number or to any other filler metalnot listed in QW-432.

QW-404.5 (Applicable only to ferrous metals.) Achange in the chemical composition of the weld depositfrom one A-Number to any other A-Number in QW-442. Qualification with A-No. 1 shall qualify for A-No. 2 and vice versa.

The weld metal chemical composition may be deter-mined by any of the following.

(a) For all welding processes — from the chemicalanalysis of the weld deposit taken from the procedurequalification test coupon.

(b) For SMAW, GTAW, and PAW — from thechemical analysis of the weld deposit prepared accordingto the filler metal specification, or from the chemicalcomposition as reported either in the filler metal specifi-cation or the manufacturer’s or supplier’s certificate ofcompliance.

(c) For GMAW and EGW — from the chemicalanalysis of the weld deposit prepared according tothe filler metal specification or the manufacturer’s or

60

supplier’s certificate of compliance when the shieldinggas used was the same as that used to weld theprocedure qualification test coupon.

(d) For SAW — from the chemical analysis of theweld deposit prepared according to the filler metalspecification or the manufacturer’s or supplier’s certifi-cate of compliance when the flux used was the sameas that used to weld the procedure qualification testcoupon.

In lieu of an A-Number designation, the nominalchemical composition of the weld deposit shall beindicated on the WPS and on the PQR. Designationof nominal chemical composition may also be byreference to the AWS classification (where such exists),the manufacturer’s trade designation, or other estab-lished procurement documents.

QW-404.6 A change in the nominal size of theelectrode or electrodes specified in the WPS.

QW-404.7 A change in the nominal diameter of theelectrode to over1⁄4 in. (6 mm). This limitation doesnot apply when a WPS is qualified with a PWHTabove the upper transformation temperature or whenan austenitic material is solution annealed after welding.

QW-404.8 Addition or deletion, or a change innominal amount or composition of supplementary deoxi-dation material (in addition to filler metal) beyond thatqualified. (Such supplementary metal may be requiredfor weld metal deoxidation for some metals beingwelded.)

QW-404.9(a) A change in the indicator for minimum tensile

strength (e.g., the 7 in F7A2-EM12K) when the fluxwire combination is classified in Section II, Part C.

(b) A change in either the flux trade name or wiretrade name when neither the flux nor the wire isclassified in Section II, Part C.

(c) A change in the flux trade name when the wireis classified in Section II, Part C but the flux is notclassified. A change in the wire classification withinthe requirements of QW-404.5 does not require requali-fication.

(d) A change in the flux trade name for A-No. 8deposits.

QW-404.10 Where the alloy content of the weldmetal is largely dependent upon the composition ofthe flux used, any change in any part of the weldingprocedure which would result in the important alloyingelements in the weld metal being outside of the specifi-cation range of chemistry given in the Welding Proce-dure Specification. If there is evidence that the produc-


tion welds are not being made in accordance with theprocedure specification, the authorized inspector mayrequire that a check be made on the chemical composi-tion of the weld metal. Such a check shall preferablybe made on a production weld.

QW-404.12A change in the SFA specification fillermetal classification or to a filler metal not covered byan SFA specification, or from one filler metal notcovered by an SFA specification to another which isnot covered by an SFA specification.

When a filler metal conforms to an SFA specificationclassification, requalification is not required if a changeis made in any of the following:

(a) from a filler metal which is designated as mois-ture-resistant to one which is not designated as moisture-resistant and vice-versa (i.e., from E7018R to E7018);

(b) from one diffusible hydrogen level to another(i.e., from E7018-H8 to E7018-H16);

(c) for carbon, low alloy, and stainless steel fillermetals having the same minimum tensile strength andthe same nominal chemical composition, a change fromone low hydrogen coating type to another low hydrogencoating type (i.e., a change among EXX15, 16, or 18or EXXX15, 16, or 17 classifications);

(d) from one position-usability designation to anotherfor flux cored electrodes (i.e., a change from E70T-1to E71T-1 or vice versa);

(e) from a classification which requires impact testingto the same classification which has a suffix whichindicates that impact testing was performed at a lowertemperature or exhibited greater toughness at the re-quired temperature or both, as compared to the classifi-cation which was used during procedure qualification(i.e., a change from E7018 to E7018-1).

(f) from the classification qualified to another fillermetal within the same SFA specification when the weldmetal is exempt from Impact Testing by other Sections.

This exemption does not apply to hardfacing andcorrosion-resistant overlays.

QW-404.14 The deletion or addition of filler metal.

QW-404.15 A change from one F-Number in QW-432 to any other F-Number or to any other filler metal,except as permitted in QW-433.

QW-404.17A change in the type of flux or composi-tion of the flux.

QW-404.18A change from wire to plate electrodes,and vice versa.

QW-404.19 A change from consumable guide tononconsumable guide, and vice versa.

61

QW-404.20 Any change in the method by whichfiller metal is added, such as preplaced shim, top strip,wire, wire feed, or prior weld metal buttering of oneor both joint faces.

QW-404.21 For filler metal additions, any changefrom the nominal specified analysis of the filler metalqualified.

QW-404.22The omission or addition of consumableinserts. Qualification in a single-welded butt joint, withor without consumable inserts, qualifies for fillet weldsand single-welded butt joints with backing or double-welded butt joints. Consumable inserts that conform toSFA-5.30, except that the chemical analysis of theinsert conforms to an analysis for any bare wire givenin any SFA specification or AWS Classification, shallbe considered as having the same F-Number as thatbare wire as given in QW-432.

QW-404.23 A change from one of the followingfiller metal product forms to another:

(a) flux cored(b) bare (solid) or metal cored(c) powder

QW-404.24 The addition, deletion, or change ofmore than 10% in the volume of supplemental fillermetal.

QW-404.27 Where the alloy content of the weldmetal is largely dependent upon the composition ofthe supplemental filler metal (including powder fillermetal for PAW), any change in any part of the weldingprocedure which would result in the important alloyingelements in the weld metal being outside of the specifi-cation range of chemistry given in the Welding Proce-dure Specification.

QW-404.29 A change in the flux trade name anddesignation.

QW-404.30A change in deposited weld metal thick-ness beyond the range qualified in QW-451 for proce-dure qualification or QW-452 for performance qualifica-tion, except as otherwise permitted in QW-303.1 andQW-303.2. When a welder is qualified using radiogra-phy, the thickness ranges of QW-452.1 apply.

QW-404.31The maximum thickness qualified is thethickness of the test coupon.

QW-404.32For the low voltage short-circuiting typeof gas metal-arc process when the deposited weld metalthickness is less than1⁄2 in. (13 mm), an increase indeposited weld metal thickness beyond 1.1 times thatof the qualification test deposited weld metal thickness.

QW-404.32 1998 SECTION IX QW-405.4

For weld metal thicknesses of1⁄2 in. (13 mm) andgreater, use QW-451.1 or QW-451.2, or QW-452.1 orQW-452.2, as applicable.

QW-404.33A change in the SFA specification fillermetal classification, or, if not conforming to an AWSfiller metal classification, a change in the manufacturer’strade name for the electrode or filler metal. Whenoptional supplemental designators, such as those whichindicate moisture resistance (i.e., XXXXR), diffusiblehydrogen (i.e., XXXX H16, H8, etc.), and supplementalimpact testing (i.e., XXXX-1 or EXXXXM), are speci-fied on the WPS, only filler metals which conformto the classification with the optional supplementaldesignator(s) specified on the WPS shall be used.

QW-404.34 A change in flux type (i.e., neutral toactive or vice versa) for multilayer deposits in P-No.1 materials.

QW-404.35 A change in the flux/wire classificationor a change in either the electrode or flux trade namewhen not classified in an SFA specification. Requalifica-tion is not required when a wire/flux combinationconforms to an SFA specification and a change is madefrom one diffusible hydrogen level to another (i.e., achange from F7A2-EA1-A1H4 to F7A2-EA1-A1H16).This variable does not apply when the weld metal isexempt from impact testing by other Sections. Thisexemption does not apply to hard facing and corrosion-resistant overlays.

QW-404.36 When flux from recrushed slag is used,each batch or blend, as defined in SFA-5.01, shall betested in accordance with Section II, Part C by eitherthe manufacturer or user, or qualified as an unclassifiedflux in accordance with QW-404.9.

QW-404.37 A change in the composition of thedeposited weld metal from one A-Number in QW-442to any other A-Number, or to an analysis not listedin the table. Each AWS classification of A-No. 8 orA-No. 9 analysis of QW-442, or each nonferrous alloyin QW-432, shall require separate WPS qualification.A-Numbers may be determined in accordance withQW-404.5.

QW-404.38A change in the nominal electrode diame-ter used for the first layer of deposit.

QW-404.39For submerged-arc welding and electro-slag welding, a change in the nominal composition ortype of flux used. Requalification is not required fora change in flux particle size.

QW-404.41 A change of more than 10% in thepowdered metal feed rate recorded on the PQR.

62

QW-404.42A change of more than 5% in the particlesize range of the powder.

QW-404.43A change in the powdered metal particlesize range recorded on the PQR.

QW-404.44A change from a homogeneous powderedmetal to a mechanical mixed powdered metal orvice versa.

QW-404.45 A change in the form of filler metalfrom solid to fabricated wire, flux-cored wire, powderedmetal, or vice versa.

QW-404.46A change in the powder feed rate rangequalified.

QW-404.47A change of more than 10% in the fillermetal size and/or powder metal particle size.

QW-404.48 A change of more than 10% in thepowder metal density.

QW-404.49A change of more than 10% in the fillermetal or powder metal feed rate.

QW-405 Positions

QW-405.1 The addition of other welding positionsthan those already qualified. See QW-120, QW-130,and QW-303.

QW-405.2A change from any position to the verticalposition uphill progression. Vertical-uphill progression(e.g., 3G, 5G, or 6G position) qualifies for all positions.In uphill progression, a change from stringer bead toweave bead. This limitation does not apply when aWPS is qualified with a PWHT above the upper transfor-mation temperature or when an austenitic material issolution annealed after welding.

QW-405.3 A change from upward to downward, orfrom downward to upward, in the progression specifiedfor any pass of a vertical weld, except that the coveror wash pass may be up or down. The root pass mayalso be run either up or down when the root pass isremoved to sound weld metal in the preparation forwelding the second side.

QW-405.4 Except as specified below, the additionof other welding positions than already qualified.

(a) Qualification in the horizontal, vertical, or over-head position shall also qualify for the flat position.Qualification in the horizontal fixed position, 5G, shallqualify for the flat, vertical, and overhead positions.Qualification in the horizontal, vertical, and overheadpositions shall qualify for all positions. Qualification



in the inclined fixed position, 6G, shall qualify for allpositions.

(b) A fabricator who does production welding in aparticular orientation may make the tests for procedurequalification in this particular orientation. Such qualifi-cations are valid only for the positions actually tested,except that an angular deviation of615 deg. is permittedin the inclination of the weld axis and the rotation ofthe weld face as defined in QW-461.1. A test specimenshall be taken from the test coupon in each specialorientation.

(c) For hardfacing weld metal overlay, qualificationin the 3G, 5G, or 6G positions, where 5G or 6G pipecoupons include at least one vertical segment completedutilizing the up-hill progression or a 3G plate couponis completed utilizing the up-hill progression, shallqualify for all positions. Chemical analysis, hardness,and macro-etch tests required in QW-453 may be limitedto a single, vertical up-hill overlaid segment as shownin QW-462.5(b).

(d) For hardfacing weld metal overlay, a changefrom vertical down to vertical up-hill progression shallrequire requalification.

QW-406 Preheat

QW-406.1 A decrease of more than 100°F (56°C)in the preheat temperature qualified. The minimumtemperature for welding shall be specified in the WPS.

QW-406.2A change in the maintenance or reductionof preheat upon completion of welding prior to anyrequired postweld heat treatment.

QW-406.3 An increase of more than 100°F (56°C)in the maximum interpass temperature recorded on thePQR. This limitation does not apply when a WPS isqualified with a PWHT above the upper transformationtemperature or when an austenitic material is solutionannealed after welding.

QW-406.4 A decrease of more than 100°F (56°C)in the preheat temperature qualified or an increase inthe maximum interpass temperature recorded on thePQR. The minimum temperature for welding shall bespecifed in the WPS.

QW-406.5A change in the maintenance or reductionof preheat upon completion of spraying and prior tofusing.

QW-406.6 A change of more than 10% in theamplitude or number of preheating cycles from thatqualified.

63

QW-407 Postweld Heat Treatment

QW-407.1 A separate procedure qualification is re-quired for each of the following conditions.

(a) For P-No. 1, P-No. 3, P-No. 4, P-No. 5, P-No.6, P-No. 9, P-No. 10, and P-No. 11 materials, thefollowing postweld heat treatment conditions apply:

(1) No PWHT;(2) PWHT below the lower transformation temper-

ature;(3) PWHT above the upper transformation temper-

ature (e.g., normalizing);(4) PWHT above the upper transformation temper-

ature followed by heat treatment below the lowertransformation temperature (e.g., normalizing or quench-ing followed by tempering);

(5) PWHT between the upper and lower transfor-mation temperatures.

(b) For all other materials, the following postweldheat treatment conditions apply:

(1) No PWHT;(2) PWHT within a specified temperature range.

QW-407.2 A change in the postweld heat treatment(see QW-407.1) temperature and time range.

The procedure qualification test shall be subjectedto PWHT essentially equivalent to that encountered inthe fabrication of production welds, including at least80% of the aggregate times at temperature(s). ThePWHT total time(s) at temperature(s) may be appliedin one heating cycle.

QW-407.4 For a procedure qualification test couponreceiving a postweld heat treatment in which the uppertransformation temperature is exceeded, the maximumqualified thickness for production welds is 1.1 timesthe thickness of the test coupon.

QW-407.5 A separate procedure qualification is re-quired for each of the following conditions:

(a) No PWHT;(b) A change of more than 10% in the number of

post heating cycles following the welding interval;(c) PWHT within a specified temperature and time

range if heat treatment is performed separately fromthe welding operation.

QW-407.6 A change in postweld heat treatmentcondition in QW-407.1 or an increase of 25% or morein total time at postweld heat treating temperature.

QW-407.7A change in the heat treatment temperaturerange qualified if heat treatment is applied after fusing.

A99

A99

A99

A99


A99

A99

A99

A99


QW-408 Gas

QW-408.1 The addition or deletion of trailingshielding gas and/or a change in its composition.

QW-408.2 A separate procedure qualification is re-quired for each of the following conditions;

(a) a change from a single shielding gas to any othersingle shielding gas;

(b) a change from a single shielding gas to a mixtureof shielding gasses, and vice versa;

(c) a change in the specified percentage compositionof a shielding gas mixture;

(d) the addition or omission of shielding gas.

QW-408.3 A change in the specified flow rate rangeof the shielding gas or mixture of gases.

QW-408.4 A change in composition and flow ratesof orifice gas and shielding gas.

QW-408.5 The addition or deletion of gas backing,a change in backing gas composition, or a change inthe specified flow rate range of the backing gas.

QW-408.6 Any change of environment shieldingsuch as from vacuum to an inert gas, or vice versa.

QW-408.7 A change in the type of fuel gas.

QW-408.8 The omission of inert gas backing exceptthat requalification is not required when welding asingle-welded butt joint with a backing strip or adouble-welded butt joint or a fillet weld. This exceptiondoes not apply to P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, P-No.61 through P-No. 62, and P-No. 10I metals.

QW-408.9 For groove welds in P-No. 41 throughP-No. 47 and all welds of P-No. 51 through P-No.53, P-No. 61 through P-No. 62, P-No. 10I, P-No. 10J,and P-No. 10K metals, the deletion of backing gas ora change in the nominal composition of the backinggas from an inert to a mixture including non-inertgas(es).

QW-408.10 For P-No. 10I, P-No. 51 through P-No.53, and P-No. 61 through P-No. 62 metals, the deletionof trailing shielding gas, a change in the trailing gascomposition, or a decrease of 10% or more in thetrailing gas flow rate.

QW-408.11The addition or deletion of one or moreof the following: shielding gas, trailing shielding gas,backing gas, or plasma-removing gas.

QW-408.12 A change of more than 5% in the flowrate of one or more of the following: shielding gas,trailer shielding gas, backing gas, and plasma-remov-ing gas.

64

QW-408.13 A change in the position or orientationof plasma-removing gas jet relative to the workpiece(e.g., coaxial transverse to beam).

QW-408.14 A change in the oxygen or fuel gaspressure beyond the range qualified.

QW-408.15 In gas metal-arc welding and gas tung-sten-arc welding: a change from a single gas to anyother single gas or to a mixture of gases, or vice versa;a change in specified percentage composition of gasmixture or omission of shielding gas; a decrease of10% or more in the rate of flow of shielding gas ormixture.

QW-408.16 A change of more than 5% in the flowrate of the plasma-arc gas or powdered metal feed gasrecorded on the PQR.

QW-408.17A change in the plasma-arc gas, shieldinggas, or powdered metal feed gas from a single gas toany other single gas, or to a mixture of gases, orvice versa.

QW-408.18 A change of more than 10% in the gasmixture composition of the plasma-arc gas, shieldinggas, or powdered metal feed gas recorded on the PQR.

QW-408.19 A change in the nominal compositionof the powder feed gas or (plasma-arc spray) plasmagas qualified.

QW-408.20A change of more than 5% in the plasmagas flow rate range qualified.

QW-409 Electrical Characteristics

QW-409.1 An increase in heat input, or an increasein volume of weld metal deposited per unit length ofweld, over that qualified. The increase may be measuredby either of the following:

(a) Heat input (J /in.)

pVoltage × Amperage × 60

Travel Speed (in. / min)

(b) Volume of Weld Metalp an increase in beadsize or a decrease in length of weld bead per unitlength of electrode.

The requirement for measuring the heat input orvolume of deposited weld metal does not apply whenthe WPS is qualified with a PWHT above the uppertransformation temperature or a solution anneal afterwelding austenitic materials.

QW-409.2 A change from spray arc, globular arc,or pulsating arc to short circuiting arc, or vice versa.



QW-409.3The addition or deletion of pulsing currentto dc power source.

QW-409.4 A change from ac to dc, or vice versa;and in dc welding, a change from electrode negative(straight polarity) to electrode positive (reverse polarity),or vice versa.

QW-409.5 A change of615% from the amperageor voltage ranges in the qualified WPS.

QW-409.6 A change in the beam current of morethan 65%, voltage of more than62%, welding speedof more than62%, beam focus current of more than65%, gun-to-work distance of more than65%, or achange in oscillation length or width of more than620% from those previously qualified.

QW-409.7Any change in the beam pulsing frequencyduration from that qualified.

QW-409.8 A change in the range of amperage, orexcept for SMAW and GTAW welding, a change inthe range of voltage. A change in the range of electrodewire feed speed may be used as an alternative toamperage.

QW-409.9 A change in the arc timing of more than61⁄10 sec.

QW-409.10 A change in amperage of more than610%.

QW-409.11A change in the power source from onemodel to another.

QW-409.12 A change in type or size of tungstenelectrode.

QW-409.13 A change in the shape or dimensionsof the welding electrode; a change from one RWMA(Resistance Welding Manufacturer’s Association) classelectrode material to another.

QW-409.14Addition or deletion of upslope or down-slope current control, or a change of more than 10%in the slope current time or amplitude.

QW-409.15 A change of more than 5% in theelectrode pressure, the welding current, or the weldingtime cycle from that qualified, except that requalificationis not required if there is a change of not more than10% in either the electrode pressure or the weldingcurrent or the welding time cycle, provided the re-maining two variables remain at the values qualified.A change from ac to dc or vice versa. The additionor deletion of pulsing current to a dc power source.When using pulsing dc current, a change of more than

65

5% in the pulse amplitude, width, or number of pulsesper cycle from that qualified.

QW-409.16A change from synchronous to asynchro-nous timing.

QW-409.17 A change in the power supply primaryvoltage or frequency, or in the transformer turns ratio,tap setting, choke position, secondary open circuit volt-age or phase control setting.

QW-409.18A change in the procedure or frequencyof tip cleaning.

QW-409.19 Any change in the beam pulsing fre-quency and pulse duration from that qualified.

QW-409.20 Any change in the following variables:mode of operation (from pulsed to continuous andvice versa), energy distribution across the beam (i.e.,multimode or gaussian).

QW-409.21 Any change in the following variables:a change of more than 5% in the power delivered tothe work surface as measured by calorimeter or otherequivalent methods; a change of more than 2% in thetravel speed; a change of more than 2% of the ratioof the beam diameter to focal length; a change of morethan 2% of the lens to work distance.

QW-409.22 An increase of more than 10% in theamperage used in application for the first layer.

QW-409.23 A change of more than 10% in theranges of amperage or voltage qualified.

QW-409.24A change of more than 10% in the fillerwire wattage recorded on the PQR. Wattage is a functionof current voltage, and stickout dimension.

QW-409.25 A change of more than 10% in theplasma-arc current or voltage recorded on the PQR.

QW-409.26 For the first layer only, an increase inheat input of more than 10% or an increase in volumeof weld metal deposited per unit length of weld ofmore than 10% over that qualified. The increase maybe measured by either of the following:

(a) Heat input (J /in.)

pVoltage × Amperage × 60

Travel Speed (in. / min)

(b) Volume of Weld Metalp an increase in beadsize or a decrease in length of weld bead per unitlength of electrode.


A99


QW-410 Technique

QW-410.1A change from the stringer bead techniqueto the weave bead technique, or vice versa.

QW-410.2 A change in the nature of the flame,oxidizing to reducing, or vice versa.

QW-410.3A change in the orifice, cup, or nozzle size.

QW-410.4 A change in the welding technique, fore-hand to backhand, or vice versa.

QW-410.5 A change in the method of initial andinterpass cleaning (brushing, grinding, etc.)

QW-410.6A change in the method of back gouging.

QW-410.7 A change in width, frequency, or dwelltime of oscillation, for machine or automatic weld-ing only.

QW-410.8 A change in the contact tube to workdistance.

QW-410.9 A change from multipass per side tosingle pass per side. This limitation does not applywhen a WPS is qualified with a PWHT above theupper transformation temperature or when an austeniticmaterial is solution annealed after welding.

QW-410.10A change from single electrode to multi-ple electrode, or vice versa, for machine or automaticwelding only. This limitation does not apply whena WPS is qualified with a PWHT above the uppertransformation temperature or when an austenitic mate-rial is solution annealed after welding.

QW-410.11 A change from closed chamber to out-of-chamber conventional torch welding in P-No. 51through P-No. 53 metals, but not vice versa.

QW-410.12A change from the melt-in technique tothe keyhole technique of welding, or vice versa, or theinclusion of both techniques though each has beenindividually qualified.

QW-410.14 A change in the angle of the axis ofthe beam relative to the workpiece.

QW-410.15 A change in the spacing of multipleelectrodes for machine or automatic welding.

QW-410.17 A change in the type of the weldingequipment.

QW-410.18 An increase in the absolute pressure ofthe vacuum welding environment beyond that qualified.

QW-410.19 Any change in filament type, size, orshape.

66

QW-410.20 The addition of a wash pass.

QW-410.21 A change of welding from one side towelding from both sides, or vice versa.

QW-410.22A change in either of the following studwelding parameters: a change of stud gun model; achange in the lift more than61⁄32 in. (0.8 mm).

QW-410.25A change from manual or semiautomaticto machine or automatic welding and vice versa.

QW-410.26 The addition or deletion of peening.

QW-410.27A change in the rotational speed produc-ing a change in the outside surface velocity (ft /min)greater than6 10% of the outside surface velocityqualified.

QW-410.28 A change in the thrust load (lb) greaterthan 610% of the thrust load qualified.

QW-410.29 A change in the rotational energy (lb-ft2) greater than610% of the rotational energy qualified.

QW-410.30Any change in upset dimension (overallloss in length of parts being joined) greater than610%of the upset qualified.

QW-410.31 A change in the method of preparingthe base metal prior to welding (e.g., changing frommechanical cleaning to chemical cleaning or to abrasivecleaning, or vice versa).

QW-410.32 A change of more than 10% in theholding pressure prior to or after welding. A changeof more than 10% in the electrode holding time.

QW-410.33 A change from one welding type toanother, or modification of equipment, including Manu-facturer, control panel, model number, electrical ratingor capacity, type of electrical energy source, or methodof applying pressure.

QW-410.34 Addition or deletion of an electrodecooling medium and where it is used.

QW-410.35 A change in the distance between armsor a change in the throat depth.

QW-410.37 A change from single to multiple passor vice versa.

QW-410.38 A change from multiple-layer to singlelayer cladding/hardsurfacing, or vice versa.

QW-410.39 A change in the torch type or tip size.

QW-410.40For submerged-arc welding and electro-slag welding, the deletion of a supplementary device


for controlling the magnetic field acting on the weldpuddle.

QW-410.41 A change of more than 15% in thetravel speed range recorded on the PQR.

QW-410.42The addition or elimination of oscillationof the plasma torch or filler wires; a change fromsimple harmonic to constant velocity oscillating motionor vice versa; a change of more than 10% in oscillationdisplacement recorded on the PQR; however, a proce-dure qualified using a minimum oscillation displacementand a procedure qualified using a maximum oscillationdisplacement shall qualify for all weld bead oscillationsin between, with all other essential variables remainingthe same.

QW-410.43 For the torch or workpiece, a changeof more than 10% in the travel speed range qualified.

QW-410.44 A change of more than 15% in thespray-torch to workpiece distance qualified.

QW-410.45 A change in the method of surfacepreparation of the base metal to be hard-faced (example:sandblasting versus chemical cleaning).

67

QW-410.46 A change in the spray-torch model ortip orifice size.

QW-410.47 A change of more than 10% in thefusing temperature range qualified. A change in therate of cooling from the fusing temperature of morethan 50°F/hr, a change in the fusing method (example:torch, furnace, induction).

QW-410.48 A change in the constricted arc fromtransferable to nontransferable or vice versa.

QW-410.49A change in the diameter of the plasmatorch-arc constricting orifice.

QW-410.50 A change in the number of electrodesacting on the same welding puddle.

QW-410.51The addition or elimination of oscillationof the electrode or electrodes.

QW-410.52 A change in the method of deliveringthe filler metal to the molten pool, such as from theleading or trailing edge of the torch, the sides of thetorch, or through the torch.

QW-410.53 A change of more than 20% in thecenter-to-center weld bead distance.


QW-416WELDING VARIABLES

Welder Performance

Essential

OFW SMAW SAW GMAW2 GTAW PAWParagraph1 Brief of Variables QW-352 QW-353 QW-354 QW-355 QW-356 QW-357

.4 − Backing X X X X

.7 + Backing X

QW-402Joints

.2 Maximum qualified X

.16 f Pipe diameter X X X X X

.18 f P-Number X X X X X X

QW-403BaseMetal

.14 6 Filler X X X

.15 f F-Number X X X X X X

.22 6 Inserts X X

.23 Solid or metal- X Xcored to flux-cored

.30 f t Weld deposit X X X X X

.31 f t Weld deposit X

.32 t Limit (s. cir. arc) X

QW-404FillerMetals

.1 + Position X X X X X X

.3 f ↑ ↓ Vert. welding X X X X

QW-405Positions

.7 f Type fuel gas X

.8 − Inert backing X X X

QW-408Gas

.2 f Transfer mode X

.4 f Current or polarity X

QW-409Electrical

Welding Processes:OFW Oxyfuel gas weldingSMAW Shielded metal-arc weldingSAW Submerged-arc weldingGMAW Gas metal-arc weldingGTAW Gas tungsten-arc weldingPAW Plasma-arc welding

Legend:f Change t Thickness+ Addition ↑ Uphill− Deletion ↓ Downhill

NOTES:(1) For description, see Section IV.(2) Flux-cored arc welding as shown in QW-355, with or without additional shielding from an externally supplied gas or gas mixture, is included.

68


A99

QW-420 WELDING DATA QW-420.2

QW-420 Material Groupings

QW-420.1 P-Numbers. To reduce the number ofwelding and brazing procedure qualifications required,base metals have been assigned P-Numbers, and forferrous base metals which have specified impact testrequirements, Group Numbers within P-Numbers. Theseassignments are based essentially on comparable basemetal characteristics, such as composition, weldability,brazeability, and mechanical properties, where this canlogically be done. These assignments do not imply thatbase metals may be indiscriminately substituted for abase metal which was used in the qualification testwithout consideration of compatibility from the stand-point of metallurgical properties, postweld heat treat-ment, design, mechanical properties, and service require-ments. Where notch toughness is a consideration, it ispresupposed that the base metals meet the specificrequirements.

Base Metal Welding Brazing

Steel and steel P-No. 1 through P- P-No. 101 throughalloys No. 11 incl. P- P-No. 103

No. 5A, 5B, and5C

Aluminum and alu- P-No. 21 through P-No. 104 and P-minum-base P-No. 25 No. 105alloys

Copper and cop- P-No. 31 through P-No.107 and P-No.per-base alloys P-No. 35 108

Nickel and nickel- P-No. 41 through P-No. 110 throughbase alloys P-No. 47 P-No. 112

Titanium and tita- P-No. 51 through P-No. 115nium-base alloys P-No. 53

Zirconium and zir- P-No. 61 through P-No. 117conium-base P-No. 62alloys

When a base metal with a UNS number designationis assigned a P-Number or P-Number plus GroupNumber, then a base metal listed in a different ASMEmaterial specification with the same UNS number shallbe considered that P-Number or P-Number plus GroupNumber. For example, SB-163, UNS N08800 is P-Number 45; therefore, all ASME specifications listinga base metal with the UNS N08800 designation shallbe considered P-Number 45 (i.e., SB-407, SB-408, SB-514, etc.) whether or not these specifications are listedin QW/QB-422. Since a minimum tensile value isrequired for procedure qualification, only base metalslisted in QW/QB-422 may be used for test couponsas defined in QW-424.

In those instances where materials in the 1971 Editionof this Section have been given different P-Numbersor assigned to Subgroups within a P-Number in the1974 Edition of this Section, those procedure and

69

performance qualifications will continue to be validbased on the new P-Number designation.

In the column heading “Minimum Specified Tensile,ksi” of QW/QB-422, the values given are those of thebase metal specification, except as otherwise identifiedin QW-153 or QB-153. These are also the acceptancevalues for the room temperature tensile tests of thewelding or brazing procedure qualification, except asotherwise allowed in QW-153 or QB-153.

QW-420.2 S-Numbers (Non-Mandatory).S-Num-bers are a listing of materials which are acceptable foruse by the ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping, orby selected Boiler and and Pressure Vessel Code Cases,but which are not included within ASME Boiler andPressure Code Material Specifications (Section II).These materials are grouped in S-Number or S-Numberplus Group Number groupings similar to the P-Numbergroupings. There is no mandatory requirement that S-Numbers be used.

Brazing or Welding Procedure Qualification with abase metal in one P-Number (or P-Number plus GroupNumber) or one S-Number (or S-Number plus GroupNumber), qualifies for all other base metals in the sameS-Number grouping. Also, qualification with a basemetal in one S-Number, or S-Number plus GroupNumber, qualifies for all other base metals in thesame S-Number grouping. Qualifications for S-Numbermaterials do not qualify corresponding P-Number mate-rials. Base metals not assigned an S-Number or a P-Number shall require individual procedure qualification.

Material produced under an ASTM specification shallbe considered to have the same S-Number or S-Numberplus Group Number as that of the P-Number or P-Numberplus Group Number assigned to the same grade or typematerial in the corresponding ASME specification (i.e.,SA-240 Type 304 is assigned P-Number 8, Group Number1; therefore, A 240 Type 304 is considered S-Number 8,Group Number 1). Additionally, when a base metal with aUNS number designation is assigned an S-Number or S-Number plus Group Number, then a base metal listed in adifferentmaterial specificationwith thesameUNSnumbershall be considered that S-Number or S-Number plusGroup Number. Since a minimum tensile value is requiredfor procedure qualification, only base metals listed inQW/QB-422 may be used for test coupons.

For Performance Qualification of brazers, welders,brazing operators, and welding operators, the require-ments for P-Numbers of base metals shall also beapplied to the same S-Numbers of base metals. Qualifi-cation with P-Numbers in accordance with QB-310.3and QW-403.18 qualifies for corresponding S-Numbersand vice versa.

A99

98

70

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

A9

9

SA

-36

...

K02

600

581

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

bar,

&sh

apes

SA

-53

Typ

eF

...

481

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fur

nace

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-53

Typ

eS

,G

r.A

K02

504

481

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-53

Typ

eE

,G

r.A

K02

504

481

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Res

ista

nce

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-53

Typ

eE

,G

r.B

K03

005

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn

Res

ista

nce

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-53

Typ

eS

,G

r.B

K03

005

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-105

...

K03

504

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fla

nges

&fi

ttin

gs

SA

-106

AK

0250

148

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iS

mls

.pi

peS

A-1

06B

K03

006

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-106

CK

0350

170

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iS

mls

.pi

pe

A10

810

15C

WG

1015

060

...

...

11

...

101

CB

arA

108

1018

CW

G10

180

60..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A10

810

20C

WG

1020

060

...

...

11

...

101

CB

ar

SA

-134

SA

283

Gr.

A..

.45

11

...

...

101

...

CW

elde

dpi

peS

A-1

34S

A28

3G

r.B

...

501

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-134

SA

283

Gr.

CK

0240

155

11

...

...

101

...

CW

elde

dpi

peS

A-1

34S

A28

3G

r.D

K02

702

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-134

SA

285

Gr.

AK

0170

045

11

...

...

101

...

CW

elde

dpi

peS

A-1

34S

A28

5G

r.B

K02

200

501

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-134

SA

285

Gr.

CK

0280

155

11

...

...

101

...

CW

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-135

A..

.48

11

...

...

101

...

CE

.R.W

.pi

peS

A-1

35B

...

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

pipe

A13

9A

...

48..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A13

9B

K03

003

60..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A13

9C

K03

004

60..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A13

9D

K03

010

60..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A13

9E

K03

012

66..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A14

890

–60

...

90..

...

.4

3..

.10

3..

.C

asti

ngs

A16

7T

ype

302

S30

200

75..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pA

167

Typ

e30

2BS

3021

575

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

i–2S

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

304

S30

400

75..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX

98

71

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

A16

7T

ype

304L

S30

403

70..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pA

167

Typ

e30

153

0100

75..

...

.8

1..

.10

217

Cr–

7Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

A16

7T

ype

305

S30

500

70..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

11N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

308

S30

800

75..

...

.8

2..

.10

220

Cr–

10N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

309

S30

900

75..

...

.8

2..

.10

223

Cr–

12N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

309S

S30

908

75..

...

.8

2..

.10

223

Cr–

12N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

310

S31

000

75..

...

.8

2..

.10

225

Cr–

20N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

310S

S31

008

75..

...

.8

2..

.10

225

Cr–

20N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

316L

S31

603

70..

...

.8

1..

.10

216

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

317

S31

700

75..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

317L

S31

703

75..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

321

S32

100

75..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

10N

i–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

347

S34

700

75..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

10N

i–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

348

S34

800

75..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

10N

i–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-178

AK

0120

047

11

...

...

101

...

CE

.R.W

.tu

beS

A-1

78C

K03

503

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-178

D..

.70

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iE

.R.W

.tu

be

SA

-179

...

K01

200

471

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-181

Cl.

60K

0350

260

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iP

ipe

flan

ge&

fitt

ings

SA

-181

Cl.

70K

0350

270

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iP

ipe

flan

ge&

fitt

ings

SA

-182

F12

,C

l.1

K11

562

604

1..

...

.10

2..

.1C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

12,

Cl.

2K

1156

470

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F11

,C

l.2

K11

572

704

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

11,

Cl.

3K

1157

275

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F11

,C

l.1

K11

597

604

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F2

K12

122

703

2..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F1

K12

822

703

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

22,

Cl.

1K

2159

060

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

22,

Cl.

3K

2159

075

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

RK

2203

563

9A1

...

...

101

...

2Ni–

1Cu

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F21

K31

545

755A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

WELDING DATA QW/QB-422

72

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-182

F3V

K31

830

855C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F22

VK

3183

585

5C1

...

...

...

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F5

K41

545

705B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

5aK

4254

490

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F9

K90

941

855B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F91

K91

560

855B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

o–V

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F6a

,C

l.1

K91

151

706

1..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

6a,

Cl.

2K

9115

185

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

FX

M–1

9S

2091

010

08

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

FX

M–1

1S

2190

490

83

...

...

102

...

21C

r–6N

i–9M

nF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F30

4S

3040

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

SA

-182

F30

4S

3040

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F30

4LS

3040

365

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

SA

-182

F30

4LS

3040

370

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F30

4HS

3040

970

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

SA

-182

F30

4HS

3040

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F30

4NS

3045

180

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

304L

NS

3045

370

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

For

ging

s>

5in

.S

A-1

82F

304L

NS

3045

375

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

46S

3060

078

81

...

...

102

...

17C

r–14

Ni–

4Si

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

45S

3081

587

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F31

0S

3100

070

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

For

ging

s>

5in

.S

A-1

82F

310

S31

000

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F50

S31

200

100

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6Ni–

Mo–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F44

S31

254

948

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F31

6S

3160

070

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

s>

5in

.

SA

-182

F31

6S

3160

075

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

316L

S31

603

658

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

SA

-182

F31

6LS

3160

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

316H

S31

609

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

SA

-182

F31

6HS

3160

975

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F31

6NS

3165

180

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F31

6LN

S31

653

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

For

ging

s>

5in

.S

A-1

82F

316L

NS

3165

375

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F31

7S

3170

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

For

ging

s>

5in

.


98

73

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-182

F31

7S

3170

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F31

7LS

3170

365

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

For

ging

s>

5in

.S

A-1

82F

317L

S31

703

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F51

S31

803

9010

H1

...

...

102

...

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

321

S32

100

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

SA

-182

F32

1S

3210

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F32

1HS

3210

970

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

For

ging

s>

5in

.S

A-1

82F

321H

S32

109

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F55

S32

760

109

...

...

10H

1..

.10

225

Cr–

8Ni–

3Mo–

W–

For

ging

sC

u–N

SA

-182

F10

S33

100

808

2..

...

.10

2..

.20

Ni–

8Cr

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

347

S34

700

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

SA

-182

F34

7S

3470

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F34

7HS

3470

970

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

s>

5in

.S

A-1

82F

347H

S34

709

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F34

8S

3480

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

s>

5in

.S

A-1

82F

348

S34

800

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F34

8HS

3480

970

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

s>

5in

.S

A-1

82F

348H

S34

809

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F6b

S41

026

110

63

...

...

102

...

13C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

6NM

S41

500

115

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4.

5Ni–

Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

429

S42

900

606

2..

...

.10

2..

.15

Cr

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

430

S43

000

607

2..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

XM

–27C

bS

4462

760

10I

1..

...

.10

2..

.27

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

s

A18

2F

6a,

Cl.

3S

4100

011

0..

...

.6

3..

.10

213

Cr

For

ging

sA

182

F6a

,C

l.4

S41

000

130

...

...

63

...

102

13C

r–5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-192

...

K01

201

471

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-199

T11

K11

597

604

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-199

T22

K21

590

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-1

99T

4K

3150

960

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–0.

75S

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-1

99T

21K

3154

560

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-199

T5

K41

545

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-199

T9

K81

590

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oS

mls

.tu

be


74

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-199

T91

...

855B

2..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

o–V

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-202

AK

1174

275

41

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–1.

25M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-202

BK

1254

285

41

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–1.

25M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-203

AK

2170

365

9A1

...

...

101

...

2.5N

iP

late

SA

-203

BK

2210

370

9A1

...

...

101

...

2.5N

iP

late

SA

-203

DK

3171

865

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iP

late

SA

-203

EK

3201

870

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iP

late

SA

-203

F..

.75

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iP

late

>2

in.

SA

-203

F..

.80

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iP

late

,2

in.

&un

der

SA

-204

AK

1182

065

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oP

late

SA

-204

BK

1202

070

32

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oP

late

SA

-204

CK

1232

075

32

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oP

late

SA

-209

T1b

K11

422

533

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-209

T1

K11

522

553

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-209

T1a

K12

023

603

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-210

A–1

K02

707

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-210

CK

0350

170

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iS

mls

.tu

be

A21

1A

570A

...

45..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A21

1A

570

Gr3

0K

0250

249

...

...

11

...

101

CW

elde

dpi

peA

211

A57

0B..

.49

...

...

11

...

101

CW

elde

dpi

peA

211

A57

0G

r33

K02

502

52..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A21

1A

570C

...

52..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A21

1A

570D

...

55..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-213

T2

K11

547

603

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

12K

1156

260

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

11K

1159

760

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

17K

1204

760

10B

1..

...

.10

2..

.1C

r–V

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T22

K21

590

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

21K

3154

560

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T5c

K41

245

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo–

Ti

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T5

K41

545

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T5b

K51

545

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

Sm

ls.

tube


75

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-213

T9

K81

590

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

91..

.85

5B2

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo–

VS

mls

.tu

be

SA

-213

TP

201

S20

100

958

3..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr–

4Ni–

6Mn

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

202

S20

200

908

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

5Ni–

9Mn

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

XM

-19

S20

910

100

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

304

S30

400

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

304H

S30

409

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P30

4LN

S30

453

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13S

3081

5S

3081

587

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P30

9SS

3090

875

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

309H

S30

909

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P30

9Cb

S30

940

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P30

9HC

bS

3094

175

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

310S

S31

008

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P31

0HS

3100

975

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

310C

bS

3104

075

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

310H

Cb

S31

041

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P31

0MoL

NS

3105

078

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–22

Ni–

2Mo–

NS

mls

.tu

be,

t>1 /

4in

.S

A-2

13T

P31

0MoL

NS

3105

084

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–22

Ni–

2Mo–

NS

mls

.tu

be,

t≤

1 /4

in.

SA

-213

TP

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P31

6LS

3160

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

316H

S31

609

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.tu

be

SA

-213

TP

316N

S31

651

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

316L

NS

3165

375

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13S

3172

5S

3172

575

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

Ni–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

S31

726

S31

726

808

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15.5

Ni–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

321

S32

100

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.tu

be

SA

-213

TP

321H

S32

109

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P34

7S

3470

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

347H

S34

709

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P34

8S

3480

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

348H

S34

809

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bS

mls

.tu

be


76

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-213

XM

–15

S38

100

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

18N

i–2S

iS

mls

.tu

be

SA

-214

...

K01

807

471

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-216

WC

AJ0

2502

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Cas

ting

sS

A-2

16W

CC

J025

0370

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-216

WC

BJ0

3002

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Cas

ting

s

SA

-217

WC

6J1

2072

704

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-2

17W

C4

J120

8270

41

...

...

101

...

1Ni–

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-2

17W

C1

J125

2265

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-217

WC

9J2

1890

705A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-217

WC

5J2

2000

704

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

75N

i–1M

o–0.

75C

rC

asti

ngs

SA

-217

C5

J420

2590

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-217

C12

J820

9090

5B1

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-2

17C

A15

J911

5090

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rC

asti

ngs

SA

-225

D..

.75

10A

1..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Ni–

VP

late

>3

in.

SA

-225

D..

.80

10A

1..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Ni–

VP

late

,3

in.

&un

der

SA

-225

CK

1252

410

510

A1

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5N

i–V

Pla

te

SA

-226

...

K01

201

471

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-234

WP

BK

0300

660

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iP

ipin

gfi

ttin

gS

A-2

34W

PC

K03

501

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Pip

ing

fitt

ing

SA

-234

WP

11,

Cl.

1..

.60

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iP

ipin

gfi

ttin

gS

A-2

34W

P12

,C

l.1

K12

062

604

1..

...

.10

1..

.1C

r–0.

5Mo

Pip

ing

fitt

ing

SA

-234

WP

1K

1282

155

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oP

ipin

gfi

ttin

gS

A-2

34W

P22

,C

l.1

K21

590

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

ipin

gfi

ttin

gS

A-2

34W

PR

K22

035

639A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2N

i–1C

uP

ipin

gfi

ttin

gS

A-2

34W

P5

K41

545

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Pip

ing

fitt

ing

SA

-234

WP

9K

9094

160

5B1

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo

Pip

ing

fitt

ing

SA

-234

WP

91..

.85

5B2

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo–

VP

ipin

gfi

ttin

g

SA

-240

Typ

e20

1S

2010

095

83

...

...

102

...

17C

r–4N

i–6M

nP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e20

2S

2020

090

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–5N

i–9M

nP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

...

S20

400

958

3..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

9Mn–

2Ni–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

9S

2091

010

08

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nP

late

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

9S

2091

010

58

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nS

heet

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

7S

2160

090

83

...

...

102

...

19C

r–8M

n–6N

i–M

o–N

Pla

te


77

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

7S

2160

010

08

3..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

8Mn–

6Ni–

Mo–

NS

heet

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

8S

2160

390

83

...

...

102

...

19C

r–8M

n–6N

i–M

o–N

Pla

teS

A-2

40T

ype

XM

–18

S21

603

100

83

...

...

102

...

19C

r–8M

n–6N

i–M

o–N

She

et&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

2180

0S

2180

095

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–4S

i–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

XM

–29

S24

000

100

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

Typ

e30

2S

3020

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

4S

3040

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

4LS

3040

370

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

4HS

3040

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

4NS

3045

180

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

XM

–21

S30

452

858

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NP

late

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–2

1S

3045

290

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

She

et&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

304L

NS

3045

375

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

305

S30

500

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

11N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S30

600

S30

600

788

1..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr–

14N

i–4S

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S30

815

S30

815

878

2..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

11N

i–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

309S

S30

908

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

9HS

3090

975

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

309C

bS

3094

075

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

309H

Cb

S30

941

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e31

0SS

3100

875

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

310C

bS

3104

075

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

310H

Cb

S31

041

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e31

0MoL

NS

3105

080

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–22

Ni–

2Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S31

200

S31

200

100

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6Ni–

Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S31

254

S31

254

948

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S31

260

S31

260

100

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6.5N

i–3M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

Typ

e31

6S

3160

075

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

316L

S31

603

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e31

6HS

3160

975

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

316T

iS

3163

575

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

316C

bS

3164

075

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

Typ

e31

6NS

3165

180

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e31

6LN

S31

653

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

317

S31

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip


98

78

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-240

Typ

e31

7LS

3170

375

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

3172

5S

3172

575

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

Ni–

4Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

S31

726

S31

726

808

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15.5

Ni–

4Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

3175

3S

3175

380

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S31

803

S31

803

9010

H1

...

...

...

...

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

321

S32

100

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e32

1HS

3210

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

S32

550

S32

550

110

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

5Ni–

3Mo–

2Cu

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

3276

0S

3276

010

9..

...

.10

H1

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–3M

o–W

–P

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

Cu–

NS

A-2

40T

ype

329

S32

900

9010

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S32

950

S32

950

9010

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

347

S34

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e34

7HS

3470

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

Typ

e34

8S

3480

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

348H

S34

809

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

5S

3810

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–18

Ni–

2Si

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

405

S40

500

607

1..

...

.10

2..

.12

Cr–

1Al

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

409

S40

900

557

1..

...

.10

2..

.11

Cr–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

410

S41

000

656

1..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

Typ

e41

0SS

4100

860

71

...

...

102

...

13C

rP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S41

500

S41

500

115

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4.

5Ni–

Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

429

S42

900

656

2..

...

.10

2..

.15

Cr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

430

S43

000

657

2..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

439

S43

035

657

2..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

4440

0S

4440

060

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–2M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–3

3S

4462

668

10I

1..

...

.10

2..

.27

Cr–

1Mo–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

XM

–27

S44

627

6510

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S44

635

S44

635

9010

I1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–4N

i–4M

o–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S44

660

S44

660

8510

K1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–3N

i–3M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S44

700

S44

700

8010

J1

...

...

102

...

29C

r–4M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S44

800

S44

800

8010

K1

...

...

102

...

29C

r–4M

o–2N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-249

TP

201

S20

100

958

3..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr–

4Ni–

6Mn

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

202

S20

200

908

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

5Ni–

9Mn

Wel

ded

tube


79

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-249

TP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

XM

–29

S24

000

100

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

304

S30

400

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

304H

S30

409

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P30

4LN

S30

453

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49S

3081

5S

3081

587

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-249

TP

309S

S30

908

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P30

9HS

3090

975

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

309C

bS

3094

075

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

309H

Cb

S30

941

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-249

TP

310S

S31

008

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

0HS

3100

975

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

310C

bS

3104

075

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

310M

oLN

S31

050

788

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

22N

i–2M

o–N

Wel

ded

tube

,t

>1 /

4in

.S

A-2

49T

P31

0MoL

NS

3105

084

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–22

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dtu

be,

t≤

1 /4

in.

SA

-249

S31

254

S31

254

948

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

6S

3160

075

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

316L

S31

603

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

6HS

3160

975

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

316N

S31

651

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

316L

NS

3165

375

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

7S

3170

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

317L

S31

703

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49S

3172

5S

3172

575

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

Ni–

4Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

S31

726

S31

726

808

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15.5

Ni–

4Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

321

S32

100

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-249

TP

321H

S32

109

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P34

7S

3470

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

347H

S34

709

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P34

8S

3480

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

348H

S34

809

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

PX

M–1

5S

3810

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–18

Ni–

2Si

Wel

ded

tube


98

80

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-250

T1b

K11

422

533

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-250

T1

K11

522

553

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-250

T2

K11

547

603

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oE

.R.W

.tu

beS

A-2

50T

11K

1159

760

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iE

.R.W

.tu

beS

A-2

50T

1aK

1202

360

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oE

.R.W

.tu

beS

A-2

50T

22K

2159

060

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

E.R

.W.

tube

A25

4C

l.1K

0100

142

...

...

...

...

...

101

CC

ubr

azed

tube

A25

4C

l.2K

0100

142

...

...

...

...

...

101

CC

ubr

azed

tube

SA

-266

4K

0301

770

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-266

1K

0350

660

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-266

2K

0350

670

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-266

3K

0500

175

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-268

TP

405

S40

500

607

1..

...

.10

2..

.12

Cr–

1Al

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

68S

4080

0S

4080

055

71

...

...

102

...

12C

r–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

409

S40

900

557

1..

...

.10

2..

.11

Cr–

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

68T

P41

0S

4100

060

61

...

...

102

...

13C

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

268

S41

500

S41

500

115

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4.

5Ni–

Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be

SA

-268

TP

429

S42

900

606

2..

...

.10

2..

.15

Cr

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

68T

P43

0S

4300

060

72

...

...

102

...

17C

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

439

S43

035

607

2..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

68T

P43

0Ti

S43

036

607

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

Ti–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

6818

Cr–

2Mo

S44

400

607

2..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be

SA

-268

TP

446–

2S

4460

065

10I

1..

...

.10

2..

.27

Cr

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

68T

P44

6–1

S44

600

7010

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

XM

–33

S44

626

6810

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

o–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

XM

–27

S44

627

6510

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

25–4

–4S

4463

590

10I

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

4Ni–

4Mo–

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be

SA

-268

26–3

–3S

4466

085

10K

1..

...

.10

2..

.26

Cr–

3Ni–

3Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

6829

–4S

4470

080

10J

1..

...

.10

2..

.29

Cr–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

68S

4473

5S

4473

575

10J

1..

...

.10

2..

.29

Cr–

4Mo–

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

6829

–4–2

S44

800

8010

K1

...

...

102

...

29C

r–4M

o–2N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

A26

9T

P31

6S

3160

075

...

...

81

...

102

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beA

269

TP

316L

S31

603

70..

...

.8

1..

.10

216

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube


98

81

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

A26

9T

P30

4S

3040

075

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

A26

9T

P30

4LS

3040

370

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

A27

1T

P30

4S

3040

075

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.tu

beA

271

TP

304L

S30

403

70..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

A27

6T

P30

4S

3040

075

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

iB

arA

276

TP

304L

S30

403

70..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Bar

A27

6T

P31

6S

3160

075

...

...

81

...

102

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Bar

A27

6T

P31

6LS

3160

370

...

...

81

...

102

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Bar

A27

6T

P41

0S

4100

065

...

...

61

...

102

13C

rB

ar

SA

-283

A..

.45

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-283

B..

.50

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-283

C..

.55

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-283

D..

.60

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-285

AK

0170

045

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-285

BK

0220

050

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-285

CK

0280

155

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-299

...

K02

803

751

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te

SA

-302

AK

1202

175

32

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-302

BK

1202

280

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-302

CK

1203

980

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

5Ni

Pla

teS

A-3

02D

K12

054

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Pla

te

SA

-312

TP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

PX

M–1

1S

2190

490

83

...

...

102

...

21C

r–6N

i–9M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

XM

–29

S24

000

100

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P30

4S

3040

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P30

4HS

3040

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

304L

NS

3045

375

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12S

3060

0S

3060

078

81

...

...

102

...

17C

r–14

Ni–

4Si

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-312

S30

815

S30

815

878

2..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

11N

i–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P30

9SS

3090

875

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe


82

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-312

TP

309H

S30

909

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

309C

bS

3094

075

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P30

9HC

bS

3094

175

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

0SS

3100

875

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

0HS

3100

975

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

0Cb

S31

040

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

310H

Cb

S31

041

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

310M

oLN

S31

050

788

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

22N

i–2M

o–N

Wel

ded

pipe

,t

>1 /

4in

.S

A-3

12T

P31

0MoL

NS

3105

084

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–22

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dpi

pe,

t≤

1 /4

in.

SA

-312

S31

254

S31

254

948

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

316L

S31

603

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

316H

S31

609

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

316N

S31

651

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

6LN

S31

653

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

7S

3170

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

7LS

3170

375

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12S

3172

5S

3172

575

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

Ni–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-312

S31

726

S31

726

808

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15.5

Ni–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P32

1S

3210

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe>

3 /8

in.

SA

-312

TP

321

S32

100

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

≤3 /

8in

.S

A-3

12T

P32

1S

3210

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

321H

S32

109

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

>3 /

8in

.S

A-3

12T

P32

1HS

3210

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe≤

3 /8

in.

SA

-312

TP

321H

S32

109

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P34

7S

3470

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P34

7HS

3470

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P34

8S

3480

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P34

8HS

3480

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

PX

M–1

5S

3810

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–18

Ni–

2Si

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe

A33

186

20C

WG

8620

090

...

...

33

...

102

0.5N

i–0.

5Cr–

Mo

Bar

SA

-333

6K

0300

660

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-333

1K

0300

855

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-333

10..

.80

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-333

4K

1126

760

42

...

...

102

...

0.75

Cr–

0.75

Ni–

Cu–

Al

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe


83

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-333

7K

2190

365

9A1

...

...

101

...

2.5N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-333

9K

2203

563

9A1

...

...

101

...

2Ni–

1Cu

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

333

K31

918

659B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

338

K81

340

100

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.9N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-334

6K

0300

660

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iW

elde

dtu

beS

A-3

341

K03

008

551

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-334

7K

2190

365

9A1

...

...

101

...

2.5N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

A-3

349

K22

035

639A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2N

i–1C

uW

elde

dtu

beS

A-3

343

K31

918

659B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-334

8K

8134

010

011

A1

...

...

101

...

9Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-335

P1

K11

522

553

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-335

P2

K11

547

553

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

12K

1156

260

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

15K

1157

860

31

...

...

101

...

1.5S

i–0.

5Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-335

P11

K11

597

604

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-335

P22

K21

590

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oS

mls

.pi

pe

SA

-335

P21

K31

545

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

5cK

4124

560

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

o–T

iS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

5K

4154

560

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

5bK

5154

560

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

9K

8159

060

5B1

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-335

P91

K91

560

855B

2..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

o–V

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-336

F6

...

856

3..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

12K

1156

470

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F11

,C

l.1

K11

597

604

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

11,

Cl.

2K

1157

270

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F11

,C

l.3

K11

572

754

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

For

ging

s

SA

-336

F1

K12

520

703

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

22,

Cl.

1K

2159

060

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

22,

Cl.

3K

2159

075

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

21,

Cl.

1K

3154

560

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

21,

Cl.

3K

3154

575

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

s

SA

-336

F3V

K31

830

855C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F22

VK

3183

585

5C1

...

...

...

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs


84

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-336

F5

K41

545

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

5AK

4254

480

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F9

K81

590

855B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F91

...

855B

2..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

o–V

For

ging

s

SA

-336

F46

S30

600

788

1..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr–

14N

i–4S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

FX

M–1

9S

2091

010

08

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

FX

M–1

1S

2190

490

83

...

...

102

...

21C

r–6N

i–9M

nF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F30

4S

3040

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F30

4LS

3040

365

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F30

4HS

3040

970

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F30

4NS

3045

180

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

304L

NS

3045

370

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

310

S31

000

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F31

6S

3160

070

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

316L

S31

603

658

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F31

6HS

3160

970

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

316N

S31

651

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

316L

NS

3165

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F32

1S

3210

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

321H

S32

109

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F34

7S

3470

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

347H

S34

709

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F34

8S

3480

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

348H

S34

809

658

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

FX

M–2

7Cb

S44

627

6010

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-350

LF

1K

0300

960

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-350

LF

2K

0301

170

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-350

LF

5,C

l.1

K13

050

609A

1..

...

.10

1..

.1.

5Ni

For

ging

sS

A-3

50L

F5,

Cl.

2K

1305

070

9A1

...

...

101

...

1.5N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-350

LF

9K

2203

663

9A1

...

...

101

...

2Ni–

1Cu

For

ging

sS

A-3

50L

F3

K32

025

709B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

For

ging

s

SA

-351

CF

3J9

2500

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

F3A

J925

0077

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CF

8J9

2600

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Cas

ting

s


98

85

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-351

CF

8AJ9

2600

778

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

F8C

J927

1070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

F3M

J928

0070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Cas

ting

s

SA

-351

CF

8MJ9

2900

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CF

10..

.70

81

...

...

102

...

19C

r–9N

i–0.

5Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

F10

M..

.70

81

...

...

102

...

19C

r–9N

i–2M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CG

8MJ9

3000

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

10N

i–3M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CK

3MC

uNJ9

3254

808

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CE

8MN

J933

4595

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.24

Cr–

10N

i–M

o–N

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

D4M

Cu

J933

7010

010

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–5N

i–2M

o–3C

uC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CD

3MW

CuN

J933

8010

0..

...

.10

H1

102

...

25C

r–7.

5Ni–

3.5M

o–N

–C

asti

ngs

Cu–

WS

A-3

51C

H8

J934

0065

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–12

Ni

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

H20

J934

0270

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–12

Ni

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

G6M

MN

J937

9085

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–12

Ni–

5Mn

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

K20

J942

0265

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

N7M

N08

007

6245

...

...

...

111

...

28N

i–19

Cr–

Cu–

Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

T15

CN

0815

163

45..

...

...

.11

1..

.32

Ni–

45F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

N3M

N..

.80

45..

...

...

...

...

.24

Ni–

21C

r–6.

5Mo–

NC

asti

ngs

A35

1C

A15

...

90..

...

.6

3..

.10

213

Cr

Cas

ting

sA

351

CE

20N

...

80..

...

.8

2..

.10

225

Cr–

8Ni–

NC

asti

ngs

A35

1C

F10

MC

J929

7170

...

...

81

...

102

16C

r–14

Ni–

2Mo

Cas

ting

sA

351

CH

10J9

3401

70..

...

.8

2..

.10

225

Cr–

12N

iC

asti

ngs

A35

1H

K40

J942

0462

...

...

82

...

102

25C

r–20

Ni–

5Mo

Cas

ting

sA

351

HT

30N

0803

065

...

...

45..

.11

1..

.32

Ni–

45F

e–15

Cr

Cas

ting

s

SA

-352

LC

AJ0

2504

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

52L

CC

J025

0570

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

BJ0

3003

651

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

52L

C1

J125

2265

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

2J2

2500

709A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2.

5Ni

Cas

ting

s

SA

-352

LC

3J3

1550

709B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

52L

C4

J415

0070

9C1

...

...

101

...

4.5N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

2–1

J422

1510

511

A5

...

...

102

...

3Ni–

1.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

52C

A6N

MJ9

1540

110

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-353

...

K81

340

100

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.9N

iP

late


86

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-358

XM

–19

S20

910

100

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

XM

–29

S24

000

100

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

304

S30

400

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

304H

S30

409

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5830

4LN

S30

453

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

58S

3081

5S

3081

587

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5830

9SS

3090

875

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

309C

bS

3094

075

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

310S

S31

008

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5831

0Cb

S31

040

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

58S

3125

4S

3125

494

84

...

...

102

...

20C

r–18

Ni–

6Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5831

6LS

3160

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

316H

S31

609

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5831

6NS

3165

180

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5831

6LN

S31

653

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

S31

725

S31

725

758

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15N

i–4M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

58S

3172

6S

3172

680

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

.5N

i–4M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5832

1S

3210

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

347

S34

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5834

8S

3480

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-369

FP

AK

0250

148

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

orge

dpi

peS

A-3

69F

PB

K03

006

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

1K

1152

255

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oF

orge

dpi

peS

A-3

69F

P2

K11

547

553

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

orge

dpi

peS

A-3

69F

P12

K11

562

604

1..

...

.10

2..

.1C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

11K

1159

760

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orge

dpi

peS

A-3

69F

P22

K21

590

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oF

orge

dpi

peS

A-3

69F

P21

K31

545

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oF

orge

dpi

peS

A-3

69F

P5

K41

545

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

9K

9094

160

5B1

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

91..

.85

5B2

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo–

VF

orge

dpi

pe


87

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-372

AK

0300

260

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-372

BK

0400

175

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-376

16–8

–2H

...

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

8Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

304

S30

400

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

≥0.

812

in.

SA

-376

TP

304

S30

400

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

<0.

812

in.

SA

-376

TP

304H

S30

409

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76T

P30

4LN

S30

453

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NS

mls

.pi

pe

SA

-376

TP

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76T

P31

6HS

3160

975

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

316N

S31

651

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

316L

NS

3165

375

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76S

3172

5S

3172

575

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

Ni–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

S31

726

S31

726

808

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15.5

Ni–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

321

S32

100

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe>

3 /8

in.

SA

-376

TP

321

S32

100

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe≤

3 /8

in.

SA

-376

TP

321H

S32

109

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe>

3 /8

in.

SA

-376

TP

321H

S32

109

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe≤

3 /8

in.

SA

-376

TP

347

S34

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76T

P34

7HS

3470

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

348

S34

800

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bS

mls

.pi

pe

A38

1Y

35K

0301

360

...

...

11

...

101

CP

ipe

A38

1Y

42..

.60

...

...

11

...

101

CP

ipe

A38

1Y

48..

.62

...

...

11

...

101

CP

ipe

>3 /

8in

.A

381

Y46

...

63..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Pip

eA

381

Y50

...

64..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Pip

e>

3 /8

in.

A38

1Y

52b

...

66..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Pip

e>

3 /8

in.

A38

1Y

56b

...

71..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Pip

e>

3 /8

in.

A38

1Y

52a

...

72..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Pip

e,to

3 /8

in.

A38

1Y

56a

...

75..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Pip

e,to

3 /8

in.

A38

1Y

60b

...

75..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Pip

e>

3 /8

in.

A38

1Y

60a

...

78..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Pip

e>

3 /8

in.

SA

-387

12,

Cl.

1K

1175

755

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-387

12,

Cl.

2K

1175

765

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oP

late


88

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-387

11,

Cl.

1K

1178

960

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iP

late

SA

-387

11,

Cl.

2K

1178

975

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iP

late

SA

-387

Gr.

2,C

l.1

K12

143

553

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-387

Gr.

2,C

l.2

K12

143

703

2..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-387

22,

Cl.

1K

2159

060

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-3

8722

,C

l.2

K21

590

755A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-387

21,

Cl.

1K

3154

560

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-3

8721

,C

l.2

K31

545

755A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-387

5,C

l.1

K41

545

605B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-3

875,

Cl.

2K

4154

575

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-387

Gr.

91,

Cl.

2..

.85

5B2

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo–

VP

late

SA

-403

WP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

304

S30

400

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

304H

S30

409

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

roug

htpi

pefi

ttin

g

SA

-403

WP

304L

NS

3045

375

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

309

S30

900

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iW

roug

htpi

pefi

ttin

gS

A-4

03W

P31

0S

3100

075

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

roug

htpi

pefi

ttin

gS

A-4

03W

P31

6LS

3160

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

316H

S31

609

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

roug

htpi

pefi

ttin

gS

A-4

03W

P31

6NS

3165

180

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

roug

htpi

pefi

ttin

gS

A-4

03W

P31

6LN

S31

653

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

317

S31

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oW

roug

htpi

pefi

ttin

gS

A-4

03W

P31

7LS

3170

375

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

321

S32

100

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iW

roug

htpi

pefi

ttin

gS

A-4

03W

P32

1HS

3210

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

347

S34

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

roug

htpi

pefi

ttin

gS

A-4

03W

P34

7HS

3470

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-403

WP

348

S34

800

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

roug

htpi

pefi

ttin

gS

A-4

03W

P34

8HS

3480

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wro

ught

pipe

fitt

ing

SA

-409

TP

304

S30

400

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

TP

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

pipe


89

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-409

S30

815

S30

815

878

2..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

11N

i–N

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

TP

309S

S30

908

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P30

9Cb

S30

940

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-409

TP

310S

S31

008

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P31

0Cb

S31

040

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09S

3125

4S

3125

494

84

...

...

102

...

20C

r–18

Ni–

6Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

TP

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P31

6LS

3160

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

TP

317

S31

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oW

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-409

S31

725

S31

725

758

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15N

i–4M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09S

3172

6S

3172

680

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

.5N

i–4M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P32

1S

3210

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

TP

347

S34

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P34

8S

3480

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-414

AK

0150

145

11

...

...

101

...

CS

heet

SA

-414

BK

0220

150

11

...

...

101

...

CS

heet

SA

-414

CK

0250

355

11

...

...

101

...

CS

heet

SA

-414

DK

0250

560

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

nS

heet

SA

-414

EK

0270

465

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

nS

heet

SA

-414

FK

0310

270

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

nS

heet

SA

-414

GK

0310

375

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

nS

heet

SA

-420

WP

L6

...

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pip

ing

fitt

ing

SA

-420

WP

L9

K22

035

639A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2N

i–1C

uP

ipin

gfi

ttin

gS

A-4

20W

PL

3..

.65

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iP

ipin

gfi

ttin

gS

A-4

20W

PL

8K

8134

010

011

A1

...

...

101

...

9Ni

Pip

ing

fitt

ing

SA

-423

1K

1153

560

42

...

...

102

...

0.75

Cr–

0.5N

i–C

uS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-423

2K

1154

060

42

...

...

102

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5C

u–M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-426

CP

15J1

1522

603

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo–

Si

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-426

CP

2J1

1547

603

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P12

J115

6260

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P11

J120

7270

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P1

J125

2165

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P22

J218

9070

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe


90

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-426

CP

21J3

1545

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P5

J420

4590

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P5b

J515

4560

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

1.5S

i–0.

5Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-426

CP

9J8

2090

905B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

PC

A15

J911

5090

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

pe

SA

-430

FP

16–8

–2H

S16

800

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

8Ni–

2Mo

For

ged

pipe

SA

-430

FP

304

S30

400

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

For

ged

pipe

SA

-430

FP

304H

S30

409

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

For

ged

pipe

SA

-430

FP

304N

S30

451

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P31

6S

3160

070

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ged

pipe

SA

-430

FP

316H

S31

609

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P31

6NS

3165

175

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P32

1S

3210

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

For

ged

pipe

SA

-430

FP

321H

S32

109

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P34

7S

3470

070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ged

pipe

SA

-430

FP

347H

S34

709

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orge

dpi

pe

A44

11

K12

211

70..

...

.1

2..

.10

1M

n–C

u–V

Sha

pes

A44

12

K12

211

70..

...

.1

2..

.10

1M

n–C

u–V

Sha

pes

A44

6A

...

45..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

She

et

SA

-451

CP

F8

J926

0070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

51C

PF

8AJ9

2600

778

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

F8C

J927

1070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

F8M

J929

0070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

F3

J925

0070

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

pe

SA

-451

CP

F3M

J928

0070

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

F3A

J925

0077

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

51C

PH

8J9

3400

658

2..

..

..10

2..

.25

Cr–

12N

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

51C

PH

20J9

3402

708

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

12N

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

51C

PK

20J9

4202

658

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

pe

A45

1C

PF

10M

CJ9

2971

70..

...

.8

1..

.10

216

Cr–

14N

i–2M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peA

451

CP

E20

N..

.80

...

...

82

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–N

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-452

TP

304H

S30

409

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe


91

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-452

TP

316H

S31

609

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

52T

P34

7HS

3470

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-455

...

K03

300

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

0.58

0in

.–0.

750

in.

SA

-455

...

K03

300

731

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

0.37

5in

.–0.

580

in.

SA

-455

...

K03

300

751

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

upto

0.37

5in

.

SA

-479

XM

–19

S20

910

100

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

XM

–17

S21

600

908

3..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

8Mn–

6Ni–

Mo–

NB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

79X

M–1

8S

2160

390

83

...

...

102

...

19C

r–8M

n–6N

i–M

o–N

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

S21

800

S21

800

958

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

4Si–

NB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

79X

M–1

1S

2190

490

83

...

...

102

...

21C

r–6N

i–9M

nB

ar&

shap

e

SA

-479

XM

–29

S24

000

100

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

302

S30

200

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

304

S30

400

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

304H

S30

409

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7930

4LN

S30

453

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

79S

3060

0S

3060

078

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r-15

Ni-

4Si

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

S30

815

S30

815

878

2..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

11N

i–N

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

309S

S30

908

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7930

9Cb

S30

940

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bB

ar&

shap

e

SA

-479

310S

S31

008

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7931

0Cb

S31

040

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

79S

3125

4S

3125

494

84

...

...

102

...

20C

r–18

Ni–

6Mo

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7931

6LS

3160

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

316H

S31

609

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7931

6Ti

S31

635

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–T

iB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7931

6Cb

S31

640

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–C

bB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7931

6NS

3165

180

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7931

6LN

S31

653

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

S31

725

S31

725

758

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15N

i–4M

oB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

79S

3172

6S

3172

680

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

.5N

i–4M

oB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7932

1S

3210

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Bar

&sh

ape


98

92

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-479

321H

S32

109

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

79S

3255

0S

3255

011

010

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–5N

i–3M

o–2C

uB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

79..

.S

3276

010

9..

...

.10

H1

102

...

25C

r–7.

5Ni–

3.5M

o–N

–B

ar&

shap

eC

u–W

SA

-479

347

S34

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7934

7HS

3470

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

348

S34

800

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

7934

8HS

3480

975

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

403

S40

300

706

1..

...

.10

2..

.12

Cr

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

405

S40

500

607

1..

...

.10

2..

.12

Cr–

1Al

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

410

S41

000

706

1..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

414

S41

400

115

64

...

...

102

...

12.5

Cr–

2Ni–

Si

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

S41

500

S41

500

115

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4.

5Ni–

Mo

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

430

S43

000

707

2..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

439

S43

035

707

2..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr–

Ti

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

S44

400

S44

400

607

2..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

2Mo

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

XM

–27

S44

627

6510

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

oB

ar&

shap

eS

A-4

79S

4470

0S

4470

070

10J

1..

...

.10

2..

.29

Cr–

4Mo

Bar

&sh

ape

SA

-479

S44

800

S44

800

7010

K1

...

...

102

...

29C

r–4M

o–2N

iB

ar&

shap

e

SA

-487

Gr.

16,

Cl.

A..

.70

12

...

...

101

...

Low

C–M

n–N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

1,C

l.A

J030

0485

10A

1..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–V

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87G

r.1,

Cl.

BJ0

3004

9010

A1

...

...

101

...

Mn–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

2,C

l.A

J130

0585

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.25

Mo–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

2,C

l.B

J130

0590

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.25

Mo–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

4,C

l.A

J130

4790

33

...

...

101

...

0.5N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.25

Mo–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

4,C

l.B

J130

4710

511

A3

...

...

101

...

0.5N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.25

Mo–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

4,C

l.E

J130

4711

511

A3

...

...

101

...

0.5N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.25

Mo–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

8,C

l.A

J220

9185

5C1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87G

r.8,

Cl.

CJ2

2091

100

5C4

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87G

r.8,

Cl.

BJ2

2091

105

5C4

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87C

A15

MC

l.A

J911

5190

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

CA

15C

l.C

...

906

3..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87C

A15

Cl.

B..

.90

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

CA

15C

l.D

J911

7110

06

3..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

Cas

ting

s


98

93

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-487

CA

6NM

Cl.

BJ9

1540

100

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

CA

6NM

Cl.

AJ9

1540

110

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-494

CX

2MW

N26

022

8044

...

...

...

112

...

59N

i–22

Cr–

14M

o–C

asti

ngs

4Fe–

3WA

494

CW

-6M

N30

107

72..

...

.44

...

...

112

56N

i–19

Mo–

18C

r–2F

eC

asti

ngs

A50

0C

K02

705

62..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Tub

eA

500

BK

0300

058

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

A50

1..

.K

0300

058

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

SA

-508

3,C

l.1

K12

042

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Mo–

Cr–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

3,C

l.2

K12

042

903

3..

...

.10

2..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Mo–

Cr–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

2,C

l.1

K12

766

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Mo–

0.3C

r–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

082,

Cl.

2K

1276

690

33

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5M

o–0.

3Cr–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

1K

1350

270

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

1A..

.70

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

22,

Cl.

3K

2159

085

5C1

...

...

...

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-5

084N

,C

l.3

K22

375

903

3..

...

.10

2..

.3.

5Ni–

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

084N

,C

l.1

K22

375

105

11A

5..

...

.10

2..

.3.

5Ni–

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

084N

,C

l.2

K22

375

115

11A

5..

...

.10

2..

.3.

5Ni–

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

083V

K31

830

855C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

5,C

l.1

K42

365

105

11A

5..

...

.10

2..

.3.

5Ni–

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

085,

Cl.

2K

4236

511

511

A5

...

...

102

...

3.5N

i–1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

A51

310

15C

WG

1015

065

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

A51

310

20C

WG

1020

070

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

310

25C

WG

1025

075

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

310

26C

WG

1026

080

...

...

13

...

101

CT

ube

A51

4F

K11

576

110

...

...

11B

310

1..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.5M

o–V

Pla

te,

21 /2

in.

max

.A

514

JK

1162

511

0..

...

.11

B6

101

...

C–0

.5M

oP

late

,1

1 /4

in.

max

.A

514

BK

1163

011

0..

...

.11

B4

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

2Mo–

VP

late

,1

1 /4

in.

max

.A

514

DK

1166

211

0..

...

.11

B5

101

...

1Cr–

0.2M

o–S

iP

late

,1

1 /4

in.

max

.A

514

AK

1185

611

0..

...

.11

B1

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

25M

o–S

iP

late

,1

1 /4

in.

max

.

A51

4E

K21

604

100

...

...

11B

210

2..

.1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

Cu

Pla

te>

21 /2

in.–

6in

.,in

cl.

A51

4E

K21

604

110

...

...

11B

210

2..

.1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

Cu

Pla

te,

21 /2

in.

max

.


94

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

A51

4P

K21

650

100

...

...

11B

810

2..

.1.

25N

i–1C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

te>

21 /2

in.–

6in

.,in

cl.

A51

4P

K21

650

110

...

...

11B

810

2..

.1.

25N

i–1C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

te,

21 /

2in

.m

ax.

A51

4Q

...

100

...

...

11B

910

2..

.1.

3Ni–

1.3C

r–0.

5Mo–

VP

late

>21 /

2in

.–6

in.,

incl

.A

514

Q..

.11

0..

...

.11

B9

102

...

1.3N

i–1.

3Cr–

0.5M

o–V

Pla

te,

21 /

2in

.m

ax.

SA

-515

60K

0240

160

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iP

late

SA

-515

65K

0280

065

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iP

late

SA

-515

70K

0310

170

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iP

late

SA

-516

55K

0180

055

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iP

late

SA

-516

60K

0210

060

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-516

65K

0240

365

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-516

70K

0270

070

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-517

FK

1157

610

511

B3

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo–

VP

late

>21 /

2in

.–6

in.,

incl

.S

A-5

17F

K11

576

115

11B

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.5M

o–V

Pla

te≤

21 /2

in.

SA

-517

JK

1162

510

511

B6

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oP

late

>21 /

2in

.–6

in.,

incl

.S

A-5

17J

K11

625

115

11B

6..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Pla

te≤

21 /2

in.

SA

-517

BK

1163

010

511

B4

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

2Mo–

VP

late

>21 /

2in

.–6

in.,

incl

.

SA

-517

BK

1163

011

511

B4

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

2Mo–

VP

late

≤21 /

2in

.S

A-5

17A

K11

856

105

11B

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.25

Mo–

Si

Pla

te>

21 /2

in.–

6in

.,in

cl.

SA

-517

AK

1185

611

511

B1

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

25M

o–S

iP

late

≤21 /

2in

.S

A-5

17E

K21

604

105

11B

2..

...

.10

2..

.1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

Cu

Pla

te>

21 /2

in.–

6in

.,in

cl.

SA

-517

EK

2160

411

511

B2

...

...

102

...

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–C

uP

late

≤21 /

2in

.S

A-5

17P

K21

650

105

11B

8..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25N

i–1C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

te>

21 /2

in.–

6in

.,in

cl.

SA

-517

PK

2165

011

511

B8

...

...

102

...

1.25

Ni–

1Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

≤21 /

2in

.

A51

910

18H

RG

1018

050

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

18C

WG

1018

070

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

20H

RG

1020

050

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

20C

WG

1020

070

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

22H

RG

1022

050

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

22C

WG

1022

070

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

25H

RG

1025

055

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

25C

WG

1025

075

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

26H

RG

1026

055

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

26C

WG

1026

075

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A52

1C

l.C

C..

.60

...

...

11

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs


95

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

A52

1C

l.C

E..

.75

...

...

12

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs

SA

-522

Typ

eII

K71

340

100

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-522

Typ

eI

K81

340

100

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.9N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-524

IIK

0210

455

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iS

mls

.pi

peS

A-5

24I

K02

104

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-533

Typ

eA

,C

l.1

K12

521

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

33T

ype

A,

Cl.

2K

1252

190

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eA

,C

l.3

K12

521

100

11A

4..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

33T

ype

D,

Cl.

1K

1252

980

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

25N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eD

,C

l.2

K12

529

903

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.25

Ni

Pla

teS

A-5

33T

ype

D,

Cl.

3K

1252

910

011

A4

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

25N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eB

,C

l.1

K12

539

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.5N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eB

,C

l.2

K12

539

903

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.5N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eB

,C

l.3

K12

539

100

11A

4..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.5N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eC

,C

l.1

K12

554

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Pla

teS

A-5

33T

ype

C,

Cl.

2K

1255

490

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

75N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eC

,C

l.3

K12

554

100

11A

4..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Pla

te

SA

-537

Cl.

1K

1243

765

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>21 /

2in

.–4

in.

SA

-537

Cl.

1K

1243

770

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

,2

1 /2

in.

&un

der

SA

-537

Cl.

2K

1243

770

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>4

in.–

6in

.,in

cl.

SA

-537

Cl.

2K

1243

775

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>21 /

2in

.–4

in.

SA

-537

Cl.

2K

1243

780

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

,2

1 /2

in.

&un

der

SA

-537

Cl.

3K

1243

770

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>4

in.

SA

-537

Cl.

3K

1243

775

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

,2

1 /2

in.

<t

≤4

in.

SA

-537

Cl.

3K

1243

780

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

≤21 /

2in

.

SA

-541

1K

0350

670

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

1A..

.70

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

11,

Cl.

4K

1157

280

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

3,C

l.1

K12

045

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Ni–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

413,

Cl.

2K

1204

590

33

...

...

101

...

0.5N

i–0.

5Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

2,C

l.1

K12

765

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Mo–

0.3C

r–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

412,

Cl.

2K

1276

590

33

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5M

o–0.

3Cr–

VF

orgi

ngs


96

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-541

22,

Cl.

3K

2139

085

5C1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-5

4122

,C

l.4

K21

390

105

5C4

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-5

4122

,C

l.5

K21

390

115

5C5

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-5

413V

K31

830

855C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

22V

K31

835

855C

1..

...

...

...

.2.

25C

r–1M

o–V

For

ging

s

SA

-542

B,

Cl.

4aK

2159

085

5C1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

42B

,C

l.4

K21

590

855C

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

A,

Cl.

4K

2159

085

5C1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

42A

,C

l.4a

K21

590

855C

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

A,

Cl.

3K

2159

095

5C3

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

te

SA

-542

B,

Cl.

3K

2159

095

5C3

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

42A

,C

l.1

K21

590

105

5C4

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

42B

,C

l.1

K21

590

105

5C4

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

42B

,C

l.2

K21

590

115

5C5

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

42A

,C

l.2

K21

590

115

5C5

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

te

SA

-542

C,

Cl.

4K

3183

085

5C1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo–

V–T

i–B

Pla

teS

A-5

42C

,C

l.4a

K31

830

855C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BP

late

SA

-542

C,

Cl.

3K

3183

095

5C3

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo–

V–T

i–B

Pla

teS

A-5

42C

,C

l.1

K31

830

105

5C4

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo–

V–T

i–B

Pla

teS

A-5

42C

,C

l.2

K31

830

115

5C5

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo–

V–T

i–B

Pla

teS

A-5

42D

,C

l.4a

K31

835

855C

1..

...

...

...

.2.

25C

r–1M

o–V

Pla

te

SA

-543

BC

l.3

K42

339

9011

A5

...

...

102

...

3Ni–

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-543

CC

l.3

K42

338

9011

A5

...

...

102

...

2.75

Ni–

1.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

43B

Cl.

1K

4233

910

511

A5

...

...

102

...

3Ni–

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-543

CC

l.1

K42

338

105

11A

5..

...

.10

2..

.2.

75N

i–1.

5Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-543

BC

l.2

K42

339

115

11B

10..

...

.10

2..

.3N

i–1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

43C

Cl.

2K

4233

811

511

B10

...

...

102

...

2.75

Ni–

1.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

te

SA

-553

IIK

7134

010

011

A1

...

...

101

...

8Ni

Pla

teS

A-5

53I

K81

340

100

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.9N

iP

late

SA

-556

A2

K01

807

471

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-556

B2

K02

707

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-556

C2

K03

006

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-557

A2

K01

807

471

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-557

B2

K03

007

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-557

C2

K03

505

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn

E.R

.W.

tube


97

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-562

...

K11

224

551

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Ti

Pla

te

A57

030

K02

502

49..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

She

et&

stri

pA

570

33K

0250

252

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A57

036

K02

502

53..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

She

et&

stri

pA

570

40K

0250

255

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A57

045

K02

507

60..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

She

et&

stri

pA

570

50K

0250

765

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A57

242

...

60..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te&

shap

esA

572

50..

.65

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

n–S

iP

late

&sh

apes

A57

260

...

75..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te&

shap

es

A57

3..

...

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Pla

te

A57

5..

...

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6..

...

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

SA

-587

...

K11

500

481

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

pipe

A58

8A

,a

K11

430

63..

...

.3

1..

.10

1M

n–0.

5Cr–

0.3C

u–S

i–V

Pla

te&

bar

A58

8A

,b

K11

430

67..

...

.3

1..

.10

1M

n–0.

5Cr–

0.3C

u–S

i–V

Pla

te&

bar

A58

8A

,c

K11

430

70..

...

.3

1..

.10

1M

n–0.

5Cr–

0.3C

u–S

i–V

Pla

te&

shap

esA

588

B,

aK

1204

363

...

...

31

...

101

Mn–

0.6C

r–0.

3Cu–

Si–

VP

late

&ba

rA

588

B,

bK

1204

367

...

...

31

...

101

Mn–

0.6C

r–0.

3Cu–

Si–

VP

late

&ba

rA

588

B,

cK

1204

370

...

...

31

...

101

Mn–

0.6C

r–0.

3Cu–

Si–

VP

late

&sh

apes

SA

-592

FK

1157

610

511

B3

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs,

21 /2

in.–

4in

.S

A-5

92F

K11

576

115

11B

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

s,21 /

2in

.&

unde

rS

A-5

92E

K11

695

105

11B

2..

...

.10

2..

.1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

Cu

For

ging

s,21 /

2in

.–4

in.

SA

-592

EK

1169

511

511

B2

...

...

102

...

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–C

uF

orgi

ngs,

21 /2

in.

&un

der

SA

-592

AK

1185

610

511

B1

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

25M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs,

21 /2

in.–

4in

.S

A-5

92A

K11

856

115

11B

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.25

Mo–

Si

For

ging

s,21 /

2in

.&

unde

r

A61

1A

G10

170

42..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

She

etA

611

BG

1017

045

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

A61

1C

G10

170

48..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

She

et

SA

-612

...

K02

900

8110

C1

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>1 /

2in

.–1

in.


98

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-612

...

K02

900

8310

C1

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

,1 /

2in

.&

unde

r

A61

8II

,b

K12

609

67..

...

.1

2..

.10

1M

n–C

u–V

Tub

e>

3 /4

in.–

11 /2

in.

A61

8II

,a

K12

609

70..

...

.1

2..

.10

1M

n–C

u–V

Tub

e,3 /

4in

.&

unde

rA

618

III

K12

700

65..

...

.1

1..

.10

1M

n–V

Tub

e

SA

-620

...

K00

040

401

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

She

et

A63

3A

K01

802

63..

...

.1

1..

.10

1M

n–C

bP

late

&sh

apes

A63

3C

bK

1200

065

...

...

11

...

101

Mn–

Cb

Pla

te>

21 /2

in.–

4in

.,sh

apes

A63

3C

aK

1200

070

...

...

12

...

101

Mn–

Cb

Pla

teto

21 /2

in.,

shap

esA

633

Db

K12

037

65..

...

.1

1..

.10

1M

n–C

r–N

i–C

uP

late

>2

1 /2

in.–

4in

.,sh

apes

A63

3D

aK

1203

770

...

...

12

...

101

Mn–

Cr–

Ni–

Cu

Pla

teto

21 /2

in.,

shap

esA

633

EK

1220

280

...

...

13

...

101

C–M

n–S

i–V

Pla

te&

shap

es

SA

-645

...

K41

583

9511

A2

...

...

101

...

5Ni–

0.25

Mo

Pla

te

SA

-660

WC

AJ0

2504

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-660

WC

CJ0

2505

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-660

WC

BJ0

3003

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-662

AK

0170

158

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-662

CK

0200

770

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-662

BK

0220

365

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

A66

3..

...

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

SA

-666

201

S20

100

958

3..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr–

4Ni–

6Mn

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-6

66X

M–1

1S

2190

490

83

...

...

102

...

21C

r–6N

i–9M

nP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-666

302

S30

200

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-6

6630

4S

3040

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-666

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-666

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-666

304L

NS

3045

380

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-6

6631

6S

3160

075

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-6

6631

6LS

3160

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-6

6631

6NS

3165

180

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A66

8C

l.B

G10

200

60..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

For

ging

s


99

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

A66

8C

l.C

G10

250

66..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

For

ging

sA

668

Cl.

DG

1030

075

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nF

orgi

ngs

A66

8C

l.F

b..

.85

...

...

13

...

101

C–M

nF

orgi

ngs

>4

in.–

10in

.A

668

Cl.

Fa

...

90..

...

.1

3..

.10

1C

–Mn

For

ging

s,to

4in

.

A66

8C

l.K

b..

.10

0..

...

.4

3..

.10

1C

For

ging

s>

7in

.–10

in.

A66

8C

l.K

a..

.10

5..

...

.4

3..

.10

1C

For

ging

s,to

7in

.A

668

Cl.

Lc

...

110

...

...

43

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs

>7

in.–

10in

.A

668

Cl.

Lb

...

115

...

...

43

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs

>4

in.–

7in

.A

668

Cl.

La

...

125

...

...

43

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs,

to4

in.

SA

-671

CC

60K

0210

060

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

71C

E55

K02

202

551

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CD

70K

1243

770

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

71C

D80

K12

437

801

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CB

60K

0240

160

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

71C

E60

K02

402

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CC

65K

0240

365

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

71C

C70

K02

700

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CB

65K

0280

065

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

71C

A55

K02

801

551

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CK

75K

0280

375

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

71C

B70

K03

101

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

A45

K01

700

451

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

C55

K01

800

551

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

B55

K02

001

551

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

C60

K02

100

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

A50

K02

200

501

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

E55

K02

202

551

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

D70

K12

437

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

D80

K12

437

801

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

B60

K02

401

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

E60

K02

402

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

C65

K02

403

651

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

C70

K02

700

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

B65

K02

800

651

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe


100

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-672

A55

K02

801

551

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

N75

K02

803

751

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

B70

K03

101

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

L65

K11

820

653

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

L70

K12

020

703

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

H75

K12

021

753

2..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

H80

K12

022

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

L75

K12

320

753

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

J100

K12

521

100

11A

4..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

J80

K12

554

803

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

J90

K12

554

903

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-675

45..

.45

11

...

...

101

...

CB

arS

A-6

7550

...

501

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Bar

SA

-675

55..

.55

11

...

...

101

...

CB

arS

A-6

7560

...

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Bar

SA

-675

65..

.65

11

...

...

101

...

CB

arS

A-6

7570

...

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

Bar

A67

575

...

75..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Bar

SA

-688

XM

–29

S24

000

100

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-688

TP

304

S30

400

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-688

TP

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-688

TP

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

elde

dtu

beS

A-6

88T

P30

4LN

S30

453

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-688

TP

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

A-6

88T

P31

6LS

3160

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-688

TP

316N

S31

651

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-688

TP

316L

NS

3165

375

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-691

CM

SH

–70

K02

400

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

CM

SH

–80

K02

400

801

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

CM

S–7

5K

0280

375

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

911C

R,

Cl.

1K

1175

755

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

911C

R,

Cl.

2K

1175

765

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe


98

101

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-691

1.25

CR

,C

l.1

K11

789

604

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

1.25

CR

,C

l.2

K11

789

754

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

CM

–65

K11

820

653

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

CM

–70

K12

020

703

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

0.5C

R,

Cl.

1K

1214

355

31

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

0.5C

R,

Cl.

2K

1214

370

32

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

CM

–75

K12

320

753

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

2.25

CR

,C

l.1

K21

590

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

912.

25C

R,

Cl.

2K

2159

075

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

3CR

,C

l.1

K31

545

605A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-691

3CR

,C

l.2

K31

545

755A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

915C

R,

Cl.

1K

4154

560

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

915C

R,

Cl.

2K

4154

575

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

A69

19C

R,

Cl.

2..

.85

...

...

5B2

...

...

9Cr-

1Mo-

VF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peA

694

...

K03

014

...

...

...

11

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs

SA

-695

Typ

eB

,G

r.35

K03

504

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Bar

SA

-695

Typ

eB

,G

r.40

K03

504

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Bar

SA

-696

BK

0320

060

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iB

arS

A-6

96C

K03

200

701

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Bar

A71

4G

r.V

,T

p.E

K22

035

65..

...

.9A

1..

.10

22N

i–1C

uS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

A71

4G

r.V

K22

035

65..

...

.9A

1..

.10

22N

i–1C

uS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-724

AK

1183

190

14

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-724

BK

1203

195

14

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-724

CK

1203

790

14

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-727

...

K02

506

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

For

ging

s

SA

-731

S41

500

S41

500

115

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4.

5Ni–

Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

31T

P43

9S

4303

560

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-731

18C

r–2M

oS

4440

060

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-731

TP

XM

–33

S44

626

6510

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

o–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-731

TP

XM

–27

S44

627

6510

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-731

S44

660

S44

660

8510

K1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–3N

i–3M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe


98

102

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-731

S44

700

S44

700

8010

J1

...

...

102

...

29C

r–4M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-731

S44

800

S44

800

8010

K1

...

...

102

...

29C

r–4M

o–2N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-737

BK

1200

170

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

i–C

bP

late

SA

-737

CK

1220

280

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

i–V

Pla

te

SA

-738

AK

1244

775

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-738

BK

1200

185

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

,21 /

2in

.&

unde

rS

A-7

38C

...

701

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

4in

.–6

in.,

incl

.S

A-7

38C

...

751

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

21 /2

in.–

4in

.S

A-7

38C

...

801

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

21 /

2in

.&

unde

r

SA

-739

B11

K11

797

704

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo

Bar

SA

-739

B22

K21

390

755A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oB

ar

SA

-765

IK

0304

660

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-765

IIK

0304

770

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-765

III

K32

026

709B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

For

ging

s

SA

-789

S31

200

S31

200

100

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6Ni–

Mo–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-789

S31

260

S31

260

100

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6.5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3150

0S

3150

092

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

5Ni–

3Mo–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-789

S31

803

S31

803

9010

H1

...

...

102

...

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3230

4S

3230

487

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

4Ni–

Mo–

Cu–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-789

S32

550

S32

550

110

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

5Ni–

3Mo–

2Cu

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3275

0S

3275

011

610

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–7N

i–4M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3290

0S

3290

090

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.26

Cr–

4Ni–

Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3295

0S

3295

010

010

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3276

0S

3276

010

9..

...

.10

H1

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–3M

o–W

–S

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

Cu–

N

SA

-790

S31

200

S31

200

100

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6Ni–

Mo–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-790

S31

260

S31

260

100

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6.5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

90S

3150

0S

3150

092

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

5Ni–

3Mo–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-790

S31

803

S31

803

9010

H1

...

...

102

...

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

90S

3230

4S

3230

487

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

4Ni–

Mo–

Cu–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-790

S32

550

S32

550

110

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

5Ni–

3Mo–

2Cu

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

90S

3275

0S

3275

011

610

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–7N

i–4M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be


98

103

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-790

S32

900

S32

900

9010

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-790

S32

950

S32

950

100

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.26

Cr–

4Ni–

Mo–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-790

S32

760

S32

760

109

...

...

10H

1..

.10

225

Cr–

8Ni–

3Mo–

W–

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beC

u–N

SA

-803

TP

439

S43

035

707

2..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr–

Ti

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-803

26–3

–3S

4466

085

10K

1..

...

.10

2..

.26

Cr–

3Ni–

3Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-813

TP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

XM

–11

S21

904

908

3..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

6Ni–

9Mn

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

XM

–29

S24

000

100

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

304

S30

400

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

304H

S30

409

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

304N

S30

451

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P30

4LN

S30

453

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13S

3081

5S

3081

587

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P30

9SS

3090

875

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

309C

bS

3094

075

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

310S

S31

008

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

0Cb

S31

040

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13S

3125

4S

3125

494

84

...

...

102

...

20C

r–18

Ni–

6Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

6LS

3160

370

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

316H

S31

609

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

6NS

3165

180

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

6LN

S31

653

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

317

S31

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

7LS

3170

375

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

321

S32

100

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iW

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-813

TP

321H

S32

109

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P34

7S

3470

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

347H

S34

709

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P34

8S

3480

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

348H

S34

809

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

PX

M–1

5S

3810

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–18

Ni–

2Si

Wel

ded

pipe


104

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-814

TP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

PX

M–1

1S

2190

490

83

...

...

102

...

21C

r–6N

i–9M

nC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

XM

–29

S24

000

100

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P30

4S

3040

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

304L

S30

403

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-814

TP

304H

S30

409

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P30

4NS

3045

180

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P30

4LN

S30

453

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

S30

815

S30

815

878

2..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

11N

i–N

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P30

9SS

3090

875

82

...

...

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-814

TP

309C

bS

3094

075

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

0SS

3100

875

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

0Cb

S31

040

758

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

S31

254

S31

254

948

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

316

S31

600

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

316L

S31

603

708

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

316H

S31

609

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

316N

S31

651

808

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

6LN

S31

653

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

7S

3170

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

7LS

3170

375

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P32

1S

3210

075

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-814

TP

321H

S32

109

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

347

S34

700

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

347H

S34

709

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

348

S34

800

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

348H

S34

809

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

XM

–15

S38

100

758

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

18N

i–2S

iC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-815

S31

803

S31

803

9010

H1

...

...

102

...

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Fit

ting

sS

A-8

15S

4150

0S

4150

011

06

4..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr–

4.5N

i–M

oF

itti

ngs

SA

-815

S32

760

S32

760

109

...

...

10H

1..

.10

225

Cr–

8Ni–

3Mo–

W–

Fit

ting

sC

u–N

SA

-832

21V

K31

830

855C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BP

late

SA

-832

22V

K31

835

855C

1..

...

...

...

.2.

25C

r–1M

o–V

Pla

te


98

105

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualif

icat

ion

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Min

imum

Spe

c.T

ype

orU

NS

Spe

cifi

edP

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-N

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.G

rade

No.

Ten

sile

,ks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ompo

siti

onF

orm

SA

-836

...

...

551

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si–

Ti

For

ging

s

SA

-841

...

...

6510

C1

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>21 /

2in

.S

A-8

41..

...

.70

10C

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

21 /

2in

.&

unde

r

A89

0C

D3M

WC

uNJ9

3380

100

...

...

10H

1..

.10

225

Cr–

8Ni–

3Mo–

W–

Cas

ting

sC

u–N

A92

8..

.S

3276

010

9..

...

.10

H1

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–3M

o–W

–W

elde

dpi

peC

u–N

AP

I5L

A25

,C

l.I

...

45..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe&

tube

sA

PI

5LA

25,

Cl.

II..

.45

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

A..

.48

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

B..

.60

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X42

...

60..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe&

tube

sA

PI

5LX

46..

.63

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X52

...

66..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe&

tube

sA

PI

5LX

56..

.71

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X60

...

75..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe&

tube

sA

PI

5LX

65..

.77

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X70

...

82..

...

.1

3..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe&

tube

sA

PI

5LX

80..

.90

...

...

14

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-4

2..

.60

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitt

ings

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-4

6..

.63

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitt

ings

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-5

2..

.66

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitt

ings

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-5

6..

.71

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitt

ings

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-6

0..

.75

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitt

ings

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-6

5..

.77

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitt

ings

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-7

0..

.82

...

...

13

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitt

ings

SA

/CS

A-G

Gr.

38W

...

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

bar,

&sh

apes

40.2

1

SA

/CS

A-G

Gr.

44W

...

601

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

bar,

&sh

apes

40.2

1


98

106

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

B26

..

.S

5A(4

3),

F.

..

17.

..

21.

..

104

..

..

..

Al–

Si

Cas

ting

sB

26.

..

SG

70A

..

.25

..

.21

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

l–S

iC

asti

ngs

(356

),T

71B

26.

..

SG

70A

..

.30

..

.21

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

l–S

iC

asti

ngs

(356

),T

6

SB

-42

C10

200

..

.06

130

31.

..

107

..

..

..

All

99.9

5Cu

+A

gS

mls

.pi

peS

B-4

2C

1020

0.

..

H55

3631

..

.10

7.

..

..

.2.

5–12

99.9

5Cu

+A

gS

mls

.pi

peS

B-4

2C

1020

0.

..

H80

4531

..

.10

7.

..

..

.0.

125–

2,in

cl.

99.9

5Cu

+A

gS

mls

.pi

peS

B-4

2C

1200

0.

..

061

3031

..

.10

7.

..

..

.A

ll99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-42

C12

000

..

.H

5536

31.

..

107

..

..

..

2.5–

1299

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-42

C12

000

..

.H

8045

31.

..

107

..

..

..

0.12

5–2,

incl

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-42

C12

200

..

.06

130

31.

..

107

..

..

..

All

99.9

Cu

+A

gS

mls

.pi

peS

B-4

2C

1220

0.

..

H55

3631

..

.10

7.

..

..

.2.

5–12

99.9

Cu

+A

gS

mls

.pi

peS

B-4

2C

1220

0.

..

H80

4531

..

.10

7.

..

..

.0.

125–

2,in

cl.

99.9

Cu

+A

gS

mls

.pi

pe

SB

-43

C23

000

..

..

..

4032

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

dA

ll15

Zn

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-61

C92

200

..

..

..

30.

..

..

.10

7.

..

..

..

..

88C

u–S

n–Z

n–P

bC

asti

ngs

SB

-62

C83

600

..

..

..

28.

..

..

.10

7.

..

..

..

..

85C

u–5S

n–5Z

n–5P

bC

asti

ngs

B68

C10

200

102

..

.30

..

.31

..

.10

7.

..

..

.99

.95C

u+

Ag

Tub

eB

68C

1200

012

0.

..

30.

..

31.

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

Cu

+A

gT

ube

B68

C12

200

122

..

.30

..

.31

..

.10

7.

..

..

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Tub

e

SB

-75

C10

200

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

dA

ll99

.95C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-75

C10

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

All

99.9

5Cu

+A

gS

mls

.tu

beS

B-7

5C

1020

0.

..

..

.45

31.

..

107

..

.H

ard

draw

nA

ll99

.95C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-75

C12

000

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

dA

ll99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-75

C12

000

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

All

99.9

Cu

+A

gS

mls

.tu

beS

B-7

5C

1200

0.

..

..

.45

31.

..

107

..

.H

ard

draw

nA

ll99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-75

C12

200

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

dA

ll99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-75

C12

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

All

99.9

Cu

+A

gS

mls

.tu

beS

B-7

5C

1220

0.

..

..

.45

31.

..

107

..

.H

ard

draw

nA

ll99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

B85

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

.31

..

.10

7.

..

..

..

..

Die

cast

ings

B88

C10

200

102

..

.30

..

.31

..

.10

7A

nnea

led

..

.99

.95C

u+

Ag

Tub

eB

88C

1020

010

2.

..

36.

..

31.

..

107

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.95C

u+

Ag

Tub

eB

88C

1200

012

0.

..

30.

..

31.

..

107

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.9

Cu

+A

gT

ube

B88

C12

000

120

..

.36

..

.31

..

.10

7L

ight

draw

n.

..

99.9

Cu

+A

gT

ube

B88

C12

200

122

..

.30

..

.31

..

.10

7A

nnea

led

..

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Tub

eB

88C

1220

012

2.

..

36.

..

31.

..

107

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Tub

e

SB

-96

C65

500

..

..

..

5033

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

3.3S

iP

late

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

r


98

107

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-98

C65

100

..

..

..

4033

..

.10

7.

..

Sof

t.

..

1.6S

iR

od,

bar,

&sh

apes

SB

-98

C65

100

..

..

..

5533

..

.10

7.

..

Hal

fha

rdT

o2

diam

.1.

6Si

Rod

,ba

r,&

shap

esS

B-9

8C

6510

0.

..

..

.75

33.

..

107

..

.B

olt

tem

per

Ove

r1–

1.5

1.6S

iR

od,

bar,

&sh

apes

SB

-98

C65

100

..

..

..

7533

..

.10

7.

..

Bol

tte

mpe

r0.

5to

11.

6Si

Rod

,ba

r,&

shap

esS

B-9

8C

6510

0.

..

..

.85

33.

..

107

..

.B

olt

tem

per

Up

to0.

51.

6Si

Rod

,ba

r,&

shap

es

SB

-98

C65

500

..

..

..

5533

..

.10

7.

..

Qua

rter

hard

..

.3.

3Si

Rod

,ba

r,&

shap

esS

B-9

8C

6550

0.

..

..

.70

33.

..

107

..

.H

alf

hard

To

2di

am.

3.3S

iR

od,

bar,

&sh

apes

SB

-98

C65

500

..

..

..

5233

..

.10

7.

..

Sof

t.

..

3.3S

iR

od,

bar,

&sh

apes

SB

-98

C66

100

..

..

..

5233

..

.10

7.

..

Sof

t.

..

3.2S

iR

od,

bar,

&sh

apes

SB

-98

C66

100

..

..

..

5533

..

.10

7.

..

Qua

rter

hard

..

.3.

2Si

Rod

,ba

r,&

shap

esS

B-9

8C

6610

0.

..

..

.70

33.

..

107

..

.H

alf

hard

To

2di

am.

3.2S

iR

od,

bar,

&sh

apes

SB

-111

C10

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.95C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C10

200

..

..

..

4531

..

.10

7.

..

Har

ddr

awn

..

.99

.95C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C12

000

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C12

000

..

..

..

4531

..

.10

7.

..

Har

ddr

awn

..

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C12

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.90C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C12

200

..

..

..

4531

..

.10

7.

..

Har

ddr

awn

..

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C14

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.4C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C14

200

..

..

..

4531

..

.10

7.

..

Har

ddr

awn

..

.99

.4C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C19

200

..

..

..

3831

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.7

Cu

+F

eS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

2300

0.

..

..

.40

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.15

Zn

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C28

000

..

..

..

5032

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

40Z

nS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

4430

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

As

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C44

400

..

..

..

4532

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06S

bS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

4450

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

PS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

6080

0.

..

..

.50

35.

..

108

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.5.

8Al

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C68

700

..

..

..

5032

..

.10

8.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

20Z

n–2A

lS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

7040

0.

..

..

.38

34.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.5.

5Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C70

400

..

..

..

4034

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

5.5N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

7060

0.

..

..

.40

34.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.10

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C70

600

..

..

..

4534

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.10

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C71

000

..

..

..

4534

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

20N

iS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-111

C71

500

..

..

..

5234

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

30N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

7150

0.

..

..

.72

34.

..

107

..

.D

raw

n&

stre

ssre

l..

..

30N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

7164

0.

..

O61

6334

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

30.5

Ni–

2Fe–

2Mn

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C71

640

..

.H

R50

8134

..

.10

7.

..

Dra

wn

&st

ress

rel.

..

.30

.5N

i–2F

e–2M

nS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

7220

0.

..

O61

4534

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

16.5

Ni–

0.75

Fe–

0.5C

rS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

7220

0.

..

H55

5034

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.16

.5N

i–0.

75F

e–0.

5Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-127

N04

400

..

..

..

7042

..

.11

0.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

67N

i–30

Cu

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-1

27N

0440

0.

..

..

.75

42.

..

110

..

.H

otro

lled

..

.67

Ni–

30C

uP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-135

C23

000

..

..

..

4032

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

15Z

nS

mls

.tu

be


108

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-148

C95

200

..

..

..

6535

..

.10

8.

..

As

cast

..

.9A

l-3F

eC

asti

ngs

SB

-148

C95

400

..

..

..

7535

..

.10

8.

..

As

cast

..

.11

Al-

4Fe

Cas

ting

s

B14

8C

9530

0.

..

Al

Bro

nze

65.

..

35.

..

108

..

..

..

90C

u–9A

l–1F

eC

asti

ngs

B14

8C

9550

0.

..

Al

Bro

nze

90.

..

35.

..

108

..

..

..

82C

u–11

Al–

4Fe–

3Mn

Cas

ting

sB

148

C95

600

..

.A

lB

ronz

e60

..

.35

..

.10

8.

..

..

.90

Cu–

7Al–

3Si

Cas

ting

s

SB

-150

C61

400

..

..

..

7035

..

.10

8.

..

HR

50>

1–3,

incl

.7A

l–2.

5Fe

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

50C

6140

0.

..

..

.75

35.

..

108

..

.H

R50

>0.

5–1,

incl

.7A

l–2.

5Fe

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

50C

6140

0.

..

..

.80

35.

..

108

..

.H

R50

0.5

&un

der

7Al–

2.5F

eR

od&

bar

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

7535

..

.10

8.

..

M20

>3

9Al–

3Fe

Rod

(rou

nd)

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

7535

..

.10

8.

..

M30

>3

9Al–

3Fe

Rod

(rou

nd)

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

7535

..

.10

8.

..

020

>3

9Al–

3Fe

Rod

(rou

nd)

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

7535

..

.10

8.

..

025

>3

9Al–

3Fe

Rod

(rou

nd)

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

7535

..

.10

8.

..

030

>3

9Al–

3Fe

Rod

(rou

nd)

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

7535

..

.10

8.

..

HR

50>

39A

l–3F

eR

od(r

ound

)S

B-1

50C

6230

0.

..

..

.75

35.

..

108

..

.M

20>

29A

l–3F

eR

od(r

ound

)

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

7635

..

.10

8.

..

HR

50>

2–3,

incl

.9A

l–3F

eR

od(r

ound

)S

B-1

50C

6230

0.

..

..

.78

35.

..

108

..

.H

R50

>1–

2,in

cl.

9Al–

3Fe

Rod

(rou

nd)

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

8035

..

.10

8.

..

HR

501

&un

der

9Al–

3Fe

Rod

(rou

nd)

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

8835

..

.10

8.

..

HR

500.

5–1,

incl

.9A

l–3F

eR

od(r

ound

)S

B-1

50C

6230

0.

..

..

.84

35.

..

108

..

.H

R50

>1–

2,in

cl.

9Al–

3Fe

Rod

(rou

nd)

SB

-150

C62

300

..

..

..

9035

..

.10

8.

..

HR

500.

5&

unde

r9A

l–3F

eR

od(r

ound

)

SB

-150

C63

000

..

..

..

100

35.

..

108

..

.H

R50

0.5–

1,in

cl.

10A

l–5N

i–3F

eR

od&

bar

SB

-150

C63

000

..

..

..

8535

..

.10

8.

..

HR

50>

2–4,

incl

.10

Al–

5Ni–

3Fe

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

50C

6300

0.

..

..

.85

35.

..

108

..

.M

20A

ll10

Al–

5Ni–

3Fe

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

50C

6300

0.

..

..

.90

35.

..

108

..

.H

R50

>1–

2,in

cl.

10A

l–5N

i–3F

eR

od&

bar

SB

-150

C64

200

..

..

..

7035

..

.10

8.

..

M10

>3–

4,in

cl.

7Al–

2Si

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

50C

6420

0.

..

..

.70

35.

..

108

..

.M

20>

47A

l–2S

iR

od&

bar

SB

-150

C64

200

..

..

..

7035

..

.10

8.

..

M30

..

.7A

l–2S

iR

od&

bar

SB

-150

C64

200

..

..

..

7535

..

.10

8.

..

HR

50>

2–3,

incl

.7A

l–2S

iR

od&

bar

SB

-150

C64

200

..

..

..

8035

..

.10

8.

..

HR

50>

1–2,

incl

.7A

l–2S

iR

od&

bar

SB

-150

C64

200

..

..

..

8535

..

.10

8.

..

HR

50>

0.5–

1,in

cl.

7Al–

2Si

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

50C

6420

0.

..

..

.90

35.

..

108

..

.H

R50

0.5

and

unde

r7A

l–2S

iR

od&

bar

SB

-151

C70

600

..

..

..

3834

..

.10

7.

..

Sof

tA

ll10

Ni

Rod

&ba

r

SB

-152

C10

200

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Hot

rolle

d&

anne

aled

..

.99

.95C

u+

Ag

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

rS

B-1

52C

1040

0.

..

..

.30

31.

..

107

..

.H

otro

lled

&an

neal

ed.

..

99.9

5Cu

+A

gP

lt,

sht,

stri

p,&

bar

SB

-152

C10

500

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Hot

rolle

d&

anne

aled

..

.99

.95C

u+

Ag

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

rS

B-1

52C

1070

0.

..

..

.30

31.

..

107

..

.H

otro

lled

&an

neal

ed.

..

99.9

5Cu

+A

gP

lt,

sht,

stri

p,&

bar

SB

-152

C11

000

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Hot

rolle

d&

anne

aled

..

.99

.90C

uP

lt,

sht,

stri

p,&

bar

SB

-152

C12

200

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Hot

rolle

d&

anne

aled

..

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

rS

B-1

52C

1230

0.

..

..

.30

31.

..

107

..

.H

otro

lled

&an

neal

ed.

..

99.9

Cu

+A

gP

lt,

sht,

stri

p,&

bar

SB

-152

C12

500

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Hot

rolle

d&

anne

aled

..

.99

.88C

u+

Ag

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

r


109

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-152

C14

200

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Hot

rolle

d&

anne

aled

..

.99

.4C

u+

Ag

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

r

SB

-160

N02

200

..

..

..

5541

..

.11

0.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.0

Ni

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

60N

0220

0.

..

..

.60

41.

..

110

..

.H

otw

orke

d.

..

99.0

Ni

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

60N

0220

0.

..

..

.65

41.

..

110

..

.C

old

wor

ked

All

99.0

Ni

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

60N

0220

0.

..

..

.75

41.

..

110

..

.C

old

wor

ked

>1–

499

.0N

iR

od&

bar

SB

-160

N02

200

..

..

..

8041

..

.11

0.

..

Col

dw

orke

d1

&un

der

99.0

Ni

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

60N

0220

1.

..

..

.50

41.

..

110

..

.H

otw

orke

dA

llL

owC

–99.

0Ni

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

60N

0220

1.

..

..

.50

41.

..

110

..

.A

nnea

led

All

Low

C–9

9.0N

iR

od&

bar

SB

-161

N02

200

..

..

..

5541

..

.11

0.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.0

Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

61N

0220

0.

..

..

.65

41.

..

110

..

.S

tres

sre

lieve

d.

..

99.0

Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

61N

0220

1.

..

..

.50

41.

..

110

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.L

owC

–99.

0Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

61N

0220

1.

..

..

.60

41.

..

110

..

.S

tres

sre

lieve

d.

..

Low

C–9

9.0N

iS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-162

N02

200

..

..

..

5541

..

.11

0.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.0

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-1

62N

0220

0.

..

..

.55

41.

..

110

..

.H

otro

lled

..

.99

.0N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-162

N02

201

..

..

..

5041

..

.11

0.

..

Hot

rolle

d.

..

Low

C–9

9.0N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-162

N02

201

..

..

..

5041

..

.11

0.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

Low

C–9

9.0N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-163

N02

200

..

..

..

5541

..

.11

0.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.0

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N02

200

..

..

..

6541

..

.11

0.

..

Str

ess

relie

ved

..

.99

.0N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

63N

0220

1.

..

..

.50

41.

..

110

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.L

owC

–99.

0Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N02

201

..

..

..

6041

..

.11

0.

..

Str

ess

relie

ved

..

.L

owC

–99.

0Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N04

400

..

..

..

7042

..

.11

0.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

67N

i–30

Cu

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N04

400

..

..

..

8542

..

.11

0.

..

Str

ess

relie

ved

..

.67

Ni–

30C

uS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

63N

0660

0.

..

..

.80

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.72

Ni–

15C

r–8F

eS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

63N

0669

0.

..

..

.85

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

63N

0880

0.

..

..

.75

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N08

810

..

..

..

6545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–42

Fe–

21C

rS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

63N

0881

1.

..

..

.65

45.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr-

1(A

l+T

i)S

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

63N

0882

5.

..

..

.85

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.42

Ni–

21.5

Cr–

3Mo–

2.3C

uS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-164

N04

400

..

..

..

8042

..

.11

0.

..

Col

dw

orke

d(s

tres

s-re

l.)>

2–31 /

8,

incl

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

400

..

..

..

110

42.

..

110

..

.C

old

wor

ked

Rds

.un

der

0.5

67N

i–30

Cu

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

64N

0440

0.

..

..

.70

42.

..

110

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

400

..

..

..

7542

..

.11

0.

..

Hot

wor

ked

Hex

>21 /

8–4,

incl

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

400

..

..

..

7542

..

.11

0.

..

Hot

wor

ked

>12

–14,

incl

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

400

..

..

..

8042

..

.11

0.

..

Hot

wor

ked

Ex.

hex

>2.

125

67N

i–30

Cu

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

64N

0440

0.

..

..

.84

42.

..

110

..

.C

old

wor

ked

(str

ess-

rel.)

Rds

.>

3.5–

4,in

cl.

67N

i–30

Cu

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

64N

0440

0.

..

..

.84

42.

..

110

..

.C

old

wor

ked

(str

ess-

rel.)

2&

unde

r67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

400

..

..

..

8442

..

.11

0.

..

Col

dw

orke

d(s

tres

s-re

l.)U

nder

0.5

67N

i–30

Cu

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

64N

0440

0.

..

..

.85

42.

..

110

..

.C

old

wor

ked

Und

er0.

567

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

400

..

..

..

8742

..

.11

0.

..

Col

dw

orke

d(s

tres

s-re

l.)0.

5–3.

5,in

cl.

67N

i–30

Cu

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

64N

0440

5.

..

..

.75

42.

..

110

..

.H

otw

orke

dR

ds.

3&

less

67N

i–30

Cu

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

64N

0440

5.

..

..

.80

42.

..

110

..

.C

old

wor

ked

(str

ess-

rel.)

>2–

31 /8,

incl

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

405

..

..

..

8042

..

.11

0.

..

Col

dw

orke

d(s

tres

s-re

l.)>

3–4,

incl

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire


110

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-164

N04

405

..

..

..

8542

..

.11

0.

..

Col

dw

orke

d(s

tres

s-re

l.)U

nder

0.5

67N

i–30

Cu

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

e

SB

-164

N04

405

..

..

..

8542

..

.11

0.

..

Col

dw

orke

d(s

tres

s-re

l.)0.

5–3.

,in

cl.

67N

i–30

Cu

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

64N

0440

5.

..

..

.70

42.

..

110

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

405

..

..

..

7042

..

.11

0.

..

Hot

wor

ked

>21 /

8–4,

incl

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

405

..

..

..

8542

..

.11

0.

..

Col

dw

orke

d(s

tres

s-re

l.)2

&un

der

67N

i–30

Cu

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

64N

0440

5.

..

..

.75

42.

..

110

..

.H

otw

orke

d2

1 /8

&le

ss67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-165

N04

400

..

..

..

7042

..

.11

0.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

67N

i–30

Cu

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

65N

0440

0.

..

..

.85

42.

..

110

..

.S

tres

sre

lieve

d.

..

67N

i–30

Cu

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-166

N06

600

..

..

..

8043

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

66N

0660

0.

..

..

.85

43.

..

111

..

.H

otw

orke

d>

3&

hex.

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

66N

0660

0.

..

..

.90

43.

..

111

..

.H

otw

orke

d0.

25–3

,in

cl.

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

66N

0669

0.

..

..

.85

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-166

N06

690

..

..

..

8543

..

.11

1.

..

Hot

wor

ked

>3

&he

x.58

Ni-

29C

r-9F

eR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-166

N06

690

..

..

..

9043

..

.11

1.

..

Hot

wor

ked

Rds

.0.

25–3

,in

cl.

58N

i–29

Cr–

9Fe

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

66N

0669

0.

..

..

.95

43.

..

111

..

.H

otw

orke

dR

ds.

0.5–

3,in

cl.

58N

i–29

Cr–

9Fe

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

e

SB

-167

N06

600

..

..

..

7543

..

.11

1.

..

Hot

wor

ked

anne

aled

>5

diam

.72

Ni–

15C

r–8F

eS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-167

N06

600

..

..

..

8043

..

.11

1.

..

Col

dw

orke

dan

neal

ed>

5di

am.

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

67N

0660

0.

..

..

.80

43.

..

111

..

.C

old

wor

ked

anne

aled

5di

am.

&un

der

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

67N

0660

0.

..

..

.80

43.

..

111

..

.H

otw

orke

dan

neal

ed5

diam

.&

unde

r72

Ni–

15C

r–8F

eS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-167

N06

690

..

..

..

7543

..

.11

1.

..

Hot

wor

ked

anne

aled

>5

diam

.58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-167

N06

690

..

..

..

8543

..

.11

1.

..

Col

dw

orke

dan

neal

ed>

5di

am.

58N

i–29

Cr–

9Fe

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

67N

0669

0.

..

..

.85

43.

..

111

..

.H

otw

orke

dan

neal

ed5

diam

.&

unde

r58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-167

N06

690

..

..

..

8543

..

.11

1.

..

Col

dw

orke

dan

neal

ed5

diam

.&

unde

r58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-168

N06

600

..

..

..

8043

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-1

68N

0660

0.

..

..

.85

43.

..

111

..

.H

otro

lled

..

.72

Ni–

15C

r–8F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-168

N06

690

..

..

..

8543

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

58N

i–29

Cr–

9Fe

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-1

68N

0669

0.

..

..

.85

43.

..

111

..

.H

otro

lled

..

.58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-169

C61

400

..

..

..

6535

..

.10

8.

..

Ann

eale

d>

2–5,

incl

.7A

l–2.

5Fe

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

rS

B-1

69C

6140

0.

..

..

.70

35.

..

108

..

.A

nnea

led

>0.

5–2,

incl

.7A

l–2.

5Fe

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

rS

B-1

69C

6140

0.

..

..

.72

35.

..

108

..

.A

nnea

led

0.5

and

unde

r7A

l–2.

5Fe

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

r

SB

-171

C36

500

..

..

..

4032

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d>

3.5–

5,in

cl.

40.5

Zn

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

3650

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

>2–

3.5,

incl

.40

.5Z

nP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C36

500

..

..

..

5032

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d2

&un

der

40.5

Zn

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

4430

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

4&

unde

r28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

As

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

4440

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

4&

unde

r28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

Sb

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

4450

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

4&

unde

r28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

PP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C46

400

..

..

..

5032

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

dT

o5

39.5

Zn

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

4650

0.

..

..

.50

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

To

5,in

cl.

39.5

Zn–

0.06

As

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

6140

0.

..

..

.65

35.

..

108

..

.A

nnea

led

>2–

5,in

cl.

7Al–

2.5F

eP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C61

400

..

..

..

7035

..

.10

8.

..

Ann

eale

d2

&un

der

7Al–

2.5F

eP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C63

000

..

..

..

8035

..

.10

8.

..

Ann

eale

d>

3.5–

5,in

cl.

10A

l–5N

i–3F

eP

late

&sh

eet


98

111

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-171

C63

000

..

..

..

8535

..

.10

8.

..

Ann

eale

d>

2–3.

5,in

cl.

10A

l–5N

i–3F

eP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C63

000

..

..

..

9035

..

.10

8.

..

Ann

eale

d2

&un

der

10A

l–5N

i–3F

eP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C70

600

..

..

..

4034

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

dT

o2.

5,in

cl.

10N

iP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C71

500

..

..

..

4534

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d>

2.5–

5,in

cl.

30N

iP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C71

500

..

..

..

5034

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

dT

o2.

5,in

cl.

30N

iP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-187

C10

200

..

.O

6030

31.

..

..

..

..

..

.A

ll99

.95C

u+

Ag

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

87C

1100

0.

..

O60

3031

..

..

..

..

..

..

All

99.9

0Cu

+A

gR

od&

bar

SB

-209

A91

060

..

.10

608

21.

..

104

..

..

..

0.05

1–3.

000

99.6

min

.A

lP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A91

100

..

.11

0011

21.

..

104

..

..

..

0.00

6–3.

000

99.0

min

.A

lP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A93

003

..

.30

0314

21.

..

104

..

..

..

0.00

6–3.

000

1.2M

nP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A93

004

..

.30

0422

22.

..

104

..

..

..

0.00

6–3.

000

1.2M

n–1.

0Mg

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09A

9505

2.

..

5052

2522

..

.10

5.

..

..

.0.

051–

3.00

02.

5Mg–

0.25

Cr

Pla

te&

shee

t

SB

-209

A95

083

..

.50

8336

25.

..

105

..

..

..

7.00

1–8.

000

4.5M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.15

Cr

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09A

9508

3.

..

5083

3725

..

.10

5.

..

..

.5.

001–

7.00

04.

5Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

15C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

083

..

.50

8338

25.

..

105

..

..

..

3.00

1–5.

000

4.5M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.15

Cr

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09A

9508

3.

..

5083

3925

..

.10

5.

..

..

.1.

501–

3.00

04.

5Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

15C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

083

..

.50

8340

25.

..

105

..

..

..

0.05

1–1.

500

4.5M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.15

Cr

Pla

te&

shee

t

SB

-209

A95

086

..

.50

8634

25.

..

105

..

..

..

2.00

1–3.

000

4.0M

g–0.

5Mn–

0.15

Cr

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09A

9508

6.

..

5086

3525

..

.10

5.

..

..

.0.

051–

2.00

04.

0Mg–

0.5M

n–0.

15C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

154

..

.51

5430

22.

..

105

..

..

..

0.05

1–3.

000

3.5M

g–0.

25C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

254

..

.52

5430

22.

..

105

..

..

..

0.05

1–3.

000

3.5M

g–0.

25C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

454

..

.54

5431

22.

..

105

..

..

..

0.05

1–3.

000

2.75

Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

1Cr

Pla

te&

shee

t

SB

-209

A95

456

..

.54

5638

25.

..

105

..

..

..

7.00

1–8.

000

5.1M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.1C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

456

..

.54

5639

25.

..

105

..

..

..

5.00

1–7.

000

5.1M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.1C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

456

..

.54

5640

25.

..

105

..

..

..

3.00

0–5.

000

5.1M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.1C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

456

..

.54

5641

25.

..

105

..

..

..

1.50

1–3.

000

5.1M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.1C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

456

..

.54

5642

25.

..

105

..

..

..

0.05

1–1.

500

5.1M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.1C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

652

..

.56

5225

22.

..

105

..

..

..

0.05

1–3.

000

2.5M

g–0.

25C

r–0.

01M

nP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A96

061

..

.60

6124

23.

..

105

..

..

..

0.05

1–6.

000

1Mg–

0.6S

i–0.

25C

rP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

..

..

..

Alc

lad

1321

..

.10

4.

..

..

.0.

051–

0.49

91.

2Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t30

03S

B-2

09.

..

..

.A

lcla

d14

21.

..

104

..

..

..

0.50

0–3.

000

1.2M

nP

late

&sh

eet

3003

SB

-209

..

..

..

Alc

lad

2122

..

.10

4.

..

..

.0.

051–

0.49

91.

2Mn–

1.0M

gP

late

&sh

eet

3004

SB

-209

..

..

..

Alc

lad

2222

..

.10

4.

..

..

.0.

500–

3.00

01.

2Mn–

1.0M

gP

late

&sh

eet

3004

SB

-209

..

..

..

Alc

lad

2423

..

.10

5.

..

..

.0.

051–

5.00

01M

g–0.

6Si–

0.25

Cr

Pla

te&

shee

t60

61

B20

9A

9505

0.

..

5050

18.

..

21.

..

105

..

..

..

Al–

1.5M

gP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-210

A91

060

..

.10

608.

521

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

ll99

.6m

in.

Al

Sm

ls.

tube


112

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-210

..

..

..

Alc

lad

1321

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

ll1.

2Mn

Sm

ls.

tube

3003

SB

-210

A93

003

..

.30

0314

21.

..

104

..

..

..

All

1.2M

nS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

10A

9505

2.

..

5052

2522

..

.10

5.

..

..

.0.

018–

0.45

02.

5Mg–

0.25

Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-210

A95

154

..

.51

5430

22.

..

105

..

..

..

All

3.5M

g–0.

25C

rS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

10A

9606

1.

..

6061

2423

..

.10

5.

..

..

.A

ll1M

g–0.

6Si–

0.25

Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-210

A96

063

..

.60

6317

23.

..

105

..

..

..

All

0.7M

g–0.

4Si

Sm

ls.

tube

B21

0A

9508

3.

..

5083

39.

..

25.

..

105

..

..

..

4.5M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.15

Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

B21

0A

9508

6.

..

5086

35.

..

21.

..

105

..

..

..

4.0M

g–0.

5Mn–

0.15

Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

B21

0A

9545

6.

..

5456

41.

..

25.

..

..

..

..

..

.5.

1Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

1Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-211

A96

061

..

.60

6124

23.

..

105

..

..

..

All

1Mg–

0.6S

i–0.

25C

rB

ar,

rod,

&w

ire

SB

-221

A91

060

..

.10

608.

521

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

ll99

.6m

in.

Al

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

esS

B-2

21A

9110

0.

..

1100

1121

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

ll99

.0m

in.

Al

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

esS

B-2

21A

9300

3.

..

3003

1421

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

ll1.

2Mn

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

esS

B-2

21A

9508

3.

..

5083

3925

..

.10

5.

..

..

.U

pth

ru5.

000

4.5M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.15

Cr

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

esS

B-2

21A

9515

4.

..

5154

3022

..

.10

5.

..

..

.A

ll3.

5Mg–

0.25

Cr

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

es

SB

-221

A95

454

..

.54

5431

22.

..

105

..

..

..

All

2.75

Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

1Cr

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

esS

B-2

21A

9545

6.

..

5456

4125

..

.10

5.

..

..

.U

pth

ru5.

000

5.1M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.1C

rB

ar,

rod,

&sh

apes

SB

-221

A96

061

..

.60

6124

23.

..

105

..

..

..

All

1Mg–

0.6S

i–0.

25C

rB

ar,

rod,

&sh

apes

SB

-221

A96

063

..

.60

6317

23.

..

105

..

..

..

All

0.7M

g–0.

4Si

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

es

SB

-234

A91

060

..

.10

608.

521

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

ll99

.6m

in.

Al

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-234

..

..

..

Alc

lad

1321

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

ll1.

2Mn

Sm

ls.

tube

3003

SB

-234

A93

003

..

.30

0314

21.

..

104

..

..

..

All

1.2M

nS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

34A

9505

2.

..

5052

2522

..

.10

5.

..

..

.A

ll2.

5Mg–

0.25

Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-234

A95

454

..

.54

5431

22.

..

105

..

..

..

All

2.75

Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

1Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-234

A96

061

..

.60

6124

23.

..

105

..

..

..

All

1Mg–

0.6S

i–0.

25C

rS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-241

A91

060

..

.10

608.

521

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

ll99

.6m

in.

Al

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41A

9110

0.

..

1100

1121

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

ll99

.0m

in.

Al

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41.

..

..

.A

lcla

d13

21.

..

104

..

..

..

All

1.2M

nS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

3003

SB

-241

A93

003

..

.30

0314

21.

..

104

..

..

..

All

1.2M

nP

ipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41A

9505

2.

..

5052

2522

..

.10

5.

..

..

.A

ll2.

5Mg–

0.25

Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41A

9508

3.

..

5083

3925

..

.10

5.

..

..

.U

pth

ru5.

000

4.5M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.15

Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-241

A95

086

..

.50

8635

25.

..

105

..

..

..

Up

thru

5.00

04.

0Mg–

0.5M

n–0.

15C

rS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-241

A95

454

..

.54

5431

22.

..

105

..

..

..

All

2.75

Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

1Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41A

9545

6.

..

5456

4125

..

.10

5.

..

..

.U

pth

ru5.

000

5.1M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.1C

rS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-241

A96

061

..

.60

6124

23.

..

105

..

..

..

All

1Mg–

0.6S

i–0.

25C

rS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-241

A96

063

..

.60

6317

23.

..

105

..

..

..

All

0.7M

g–0.

4Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be


98

113

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-247

A93

003

..

.30

0314

21.

..

104

..

..

..

Up

thru

4.00

01.

2Mn

For

ging

sS

B-2

47A

9508

3.

..

5083

3825

..

.10

5.

..

..

.U

pth

ru4.

000

4.5M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.15

Cr

For

ging

sS

B-2

47A

9606

1.

..

6061

2423

..

.10

5.

..

..

.U

pth

ru8.

000

1Mg–

0.6S

i–0.

25C

rF

orgi

ngs

SB

-265

R50

250

1.

..

3551

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R50

400

2.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R50

550

3.

..

6552

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R52

400

7.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Allo

yed

0.18

Pd

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-2

65R

5340

012

..

.70

52.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.A

lloye

d0.

3Mo–

0.8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R56

320

9.

..

9053

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Allo

yed

3Al–

2.5V

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-2

65R

5240

216

..

.50

51.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.T

i–P

dP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R52

250

11.

..

3551

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Low

Fe–

Low

0–0.

18P

dP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R52

252

17.

..

3551

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

.T

i–P

dP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-271

C95

200

..

..

..

6535

..

.10

8.

..

As

cast

..

.9A

lC

asti

ngs

SB

-271

C95

400

..

..

..

7535

..

.10

8.

..

As

cast

..

.11

Al

Cas

ting

s

B28

0C

1020

010

2.

..

30.

..

31.

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

5Cu+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

B28

0C

1200

012

0.

..

30.

..

31.

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

B28

0C

1220

012

2.

..

30.

..

31.

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

B28

3C

1100

0.

..

Cu

33.

..

31.

..

107

..

..

..

Cu

For

ging

sB

283

C37

700

..

.F

orgi

ngbr

ass

46.

..

..

..

..

107

..

.O

ver

11 /

260

Cu–

38Z

n–2P

bF

orgi

ngs

B28

3C

3770

0.

..

For

ging

bras

s50

..

..

..

..

.10

7.

..

Up

to1

1 /2,

incl

.60

Cu–

38Z

n–2P

bF

orgi

ngs

B28

3C

4640

0.

..

Nav

albr

ass

64.

..

32.

..

107

..

..

..

60C

u–39

Zn–

Sn

For

ging

sB

283

C65

500

..

.H

igh

Si

bron

ze52

..

.33

..

.10

7.

..

..

.97

Cu–

3Si

For

ging

sB

283

C67

500

..

.M

nbr

onze

72.

..

32.

..

107

..

..

..

59C

u–39

Zn–

Fe–

Sn

For

ging

s

B30

2C

1200

0.

..

..

.36

..

.31

..

.10

7.

..

..

.D

raw

n,99

.9C

u+A

gP

ipe

B30

2C

1220

0.

..

..

.36

..

.31

..

.10

7.

..

..

.D

raw

n,99

.9C

u+A

gP

ipe

SB

-308

A96

061

..

.60

6124

23.

..

105

..

..

..

All

1Mg–

0.6S

i–0.

25C

rS

hape

s

SB

-315

C65

500

..

..

..

5033

..

.10

7.

..

..

..

..

3.3S

iP

ipe

&tu

be

SB

-333

N10

001

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

0.18

75–2

.5in

cl.

62N

i–28

Mo–

5Fe

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-3

33N

1000

1.

..

..

.11

544

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

dU

nder

0.18

7562

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-333

N10

665

..

..

..

110

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

Und

er0.

1875

65N

i–28

Mo–

2Fe

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-3

33N

1066

5.

..

..

.11

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d0.

1875

–2.5

incl

.65

Ni–

28M

o–2F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-335

N10

001

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

1.5–

3.5

incl

.62

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eR

odS

B-3

35N

1000

1.

..

..

.11

544

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d0.

3125

–1.5

incl

.62

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eR

odS

B-3

35N

1066

5.

..

..

.11

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d0.

3125

–3.5

incl

.65

Ni–

28M

o–2F

eR

od

SB

-337

R50

250

1.

..

3551

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SB

-337

R50

400

2.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SB

-337

R50

550

3.

..

6552

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SB

-337

R52

400

7.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Allo

yed

0.18

Pd

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

B-3

37R

5340

012

..

.70

52.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.A

lloye

d0.

3Mo–

0.8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe


98

114

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-337

R56

320

9.

..

9053

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Allo

yed

3Al–

2.5V

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe

SB

-338

R50

250

1.

..

3551

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SB

-338

R50

400

2.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SB

-338

R50

550

3.

..

6552

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SB

-338

R52

400

7.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Allo

yed

0.18

Pd

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

B-3

38R

5240

216

..

.50

51.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

B-3

38R

5340

012

..

.70

52.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.A

lloye

d0.

3Mo–

0.8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SB

-338

R56

320

9.

..

9053

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Allo

yed

3Al–

2.5V

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be

B34

5A

9106

0.

..

1060

8.5

..

.21

..

.10

5.

..

..

.99

.5A

lS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

B34

5A

9300

3.

..

3003

..

..

..

21.

..

104

..

..

..

1.2M

nS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

B34

5A

9508

3.

..

5083

39.

..

25.

..

105

..

..

..

4.5M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.15

Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beB

345

A95

086

..

.50

8637

..

.21

..

.10

5.

..

..

.4M

g–0.

5Mn–

0.15

Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beB

345

A96

061

..

.60

6124

..

.23

..

.10

5.

..

..

.A

l–M

g–1S

i–C

uS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

B34

5A

9606

3.

..

6063

17.

..

23.

..

105

..

..

..

Al–

Mg–

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-348

R50

250

1.

..

3551

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iB

ars

&bi

llets

SB

-348

R50

400

2.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iB

ars

&bi

llets

SB

-348

R50

550

3.

..

6552

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iB

ars

&bi

llets

SB

-348

R52

400

7.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Allo

yed

0.18

Pd

Bar

s&

bille

tsS

B-3

48R

5340

012

..

.70

52.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.A

lloye

d0.

3Mo–

0.8N

iB

ars

&bi

llets

SB

-348

R52

402

16.

..

5051

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

.T

i-–P

dB

ars

&bi

llets

SB

-348

R56

320

9.

..

9053

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Allo

yed

3Al–

2.5V

Bar

s&

bille

ts

A35

1J9

4603

HT

30.

..

65.

..

45.

..

111

..

..

..

13C

r–35

Ni–

5Mo

Cas

ting

s

SA

-351

J951

50C

N7M

..

.62

45.

..

111

..

..

..

..

.28

Ni–

19C

r–C

u–M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

..

.C

T15

C.

..

6345

..

.11

1.

..

..

..

..

20C

r–32

Ni–

Cb

Cas

ting

s

SB

-359

C10

200

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.9

5Cu+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C10

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.95C

u+A

gS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

1200

0.

..

..

.30

31.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.99

.9C

u+A

gS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

1200

0.

..

..

.36

31.

..

107

..

.L

ight

draw

n.

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C12

200

..

..

..

3031

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C12

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.9C

u+A

gS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

1420

0.

..

..

.30

31.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.99

.4C

u+A

gS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

1420

0.

..

..

.36

31.

..

107

..

.L

ight

draw

n.

..

99.4

Cu+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C19

200

..

..

..

3831

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.7

Cu+

Fe

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C23

000

..

..

..

4032

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

15Z

nS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-359

C44

300

..

..

..

4532

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06A

sS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

4440

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

Sb

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C44

500

..

..

..

4532

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C60

800

..

..

..

5035

..

.10

8.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

5.8A

lS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

6870

0.

..

..

.50

32.

..

108

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.20

Zn–

2Al

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C70

400

..

..

..

3834

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

5.5N

iS

mls

.tu

be


115

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-359

C70

600

..

..

..

4034

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

10N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

7100

0.

..

..

.45

34.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.20

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C71

500

..

..

..

5234

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

30N

iS

mls

.tu

be

B36

1A

9106

0.

..

WP

1060

8.

..

21.

..

104

..

..

..

99.5

Al

Fit

ting

sB

361

A91

100

..

.W

P11

0011

..

.21

..

.10

4.

..

..

.99

.0A

l–S

iF

itti

ngs

B36

1.

..

..

.W

PA

lcla

d13

..

.21

..

.10

4.

..

..

.A

l–M

g–1C

uF

itti

ngs

3003

B36

1A

9300

3.

..

WP

3003

14.

..

21.

..

104

..

..

..

Al–

Mg–

1Cu

Fit

ting

sB

361

A95

083

..

.50

8339

..

.25

..

.10

5.

..

..

.4.

5Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

15C

rF

itti

ngs

B36

1A

9515

4.

..

5154

30.

..

22.

..

105

..

..

..

3.5M

g–0.

25C

rF

itti

ngs

B36

1A

9606

1.

..

WP

6061

24.

..

23.

..

105

..

..

..

Al–

Mg–

1Si–

Cu

Fit

ting

sB

361

A96

063

..

.W

P60

6317

..

.23

..

.10

5.

..

..

.A

l–M

g–S

iF

itti

ngs

SB

-363

R50

250

WP

T1

..

.35

51.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dfi

ttin

gsS

B-3

63R

5040

0W

PT

2.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

fitt

ings

SB

-363

R50

550

WP

T3

..

.65

52.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dfi

ttin

gsS

B-3

63R

5240

07

..

.60

51.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.A

lloye

d18

Pd

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

B-3

63R

5340

012

..

.70

52.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.A

lloye

d0.

3Mo–

0.8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SB

-363

R56

320

WP

T-9

..

.90

53.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.A

lloye

d3A

l–2.

5VS

mls

.&

wel

ded

fitt

ings

SB

-366

N02

200

..

..

..

5541

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.99

Ni

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0220

1.

..

..

.50

41.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99N

iF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N04

400

..

..

..

7042

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.67

Ni–

30C

uF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

002

..

..

..

100

43.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

47N

i–22

Cr–

18F

e–9M

oF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

007

..

..

..

9045

..

..

..

..

.S

olut

ion

anne

aled

..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Fit

ting

s

SB

-366

N06

022

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.S

olut

ion

anne

aled

..

.55

Ni–

21C

r–13

.5M

oF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

030

..

..

..

8545

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.40

Ni–

29C

r–15

Fe–

5Mo

Fit

ting

s

SB

-366

N06

059

..

..

..

100

44.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

455

..

..

..

100

44.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

61N

i–15

Mo–

16C

rF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

600

..

..

..

8043

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.72

Ni–

15C

r–8F

eF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

625

..

..

..

110

43.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

985

..

..

..

9045

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0802

0.

..

..

.80

44.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–35

Fe–

20C

r–C

bF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N08

330

..

..

..

7046

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.35

Ni–

19C

r–1.

25S

lF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N08

800

..

..

..

100

44.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–42

Fe–

21C

rF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N08

925

..

..

..

8745

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N10

001

..

..

..

100

44.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

62N

i–28

Mo–

5Fe

Fit

ting

s


116

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-366

N10

003

..

..

..

100

44.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

70N

i–16

Mo–

7Cr–

5Fe

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

1000

3.

..

..

.10

044

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.70

Ni–

16M

o–7C

r–5F

eF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N10

276

..

..

..

100

44.

..

..

..

..

Sol

utio

nan

neal

ed.

..

54N

i–16

Mo–

15C

rF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N10

665

..

..

..

100

44.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

65N

i–28

Mo–

2Fe

Fit

ting

s

B36

6N

0803

1.

..

..

.94

..

.45

..

.11

1A

nnea

led

..

.31

Ni–

27C

r–5.

5Mo

Fit

ting

sB

366

N08

926

..

..

..

87.

..

45.

..

111

Sol

utio

ntr

eate

d.

..

25N

i–20

Cr–

6M–C

u–N

Fit

ting

s

SB

-367

R50

400

Gr.

C–2

..

.50

51.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Ti

Cas

ting

sS

B-3

67R

5055

0G

r.C

–3.

..

6552

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iC

asti

ngs

SB

-369

C96

200

..

..

..

4534

..

.10

7.

..

As

cast

..

.10

Ni–

1.4F

e–0.

75N

bC

asti

ngs

SB

-381

R50

250

F–1

..

.35

51.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Ti

For

ging

sS

B-3

81R

5040

0F

–2.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Una

lloye

dT

iF

orgi

ngs

SB

-381

R50

550

F–3

..

.65

52.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Ti

For

ging

sS

B-3

81R

5240

0F

–7.

..

5051

..

.11

5.

..

..

..

..

Allo

yed

0.18

Pd

For

ging

sS

B-3

81R

5240

2F

–16

..

.50

51.

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

Ti–

Pd

For

ging

sS

B-3

81R

5340

0F

–12

..

.70

52.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.A

lloye

d0.

3Mo–

0.8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SB

-381

R56

320

F–9

..

.90

53.

..

115

..

..

..

..

.A

lloye

d3A

l–2.

5VF

orgi

ngs

SB

-395

C10

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.95C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C12

000

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C12

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.9C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C14

200

..

..

..

3631

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htdr

awn

..

.99

.4C

u+

Ag

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C19

200

..

..

..

3831

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

99.7

Cu

+F

eS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

95C

2300

0.

..

..

.40

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.15

Zn

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C44

300

..

..

..

4532

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06A

sS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

95C

4440

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

Sb

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C44

500

..

..

..

4532

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C60

800

..

..

..

5035

..

.10

8.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

5.8A

lS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

95C

6870

0.

..

..

.50

32.

..

108

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.20

Zn–

2Al

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C70

600

..

..

..

4034

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

10N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

95C

7100

0.

..

..

.45

34.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.20

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C71

500

..

..

..

5234

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

30N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

95C

7150

0.

..

..

.72

34.

..

107

..

.D

raw

n&

stre

ssre

l..

..

30N

iS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-407

N08

800

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-4

07N

0881

0.

..

..

.65

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.33

Ni–

21C

rS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-407

N08

811

..

..

..

6545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr–

1(A

l+

Ti)

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-408

N08

800

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr

Rod

&ba

rS

B-4

08N

0881

0.

..

..

.65

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.33

Ni–

21C

rR

od&

bar


117

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-408

N08

811

..

..

..

6545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr–

1(A

l+

Ti)

Rod

&ba

r

SB

-409

N08

800

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

09N

0881

0.

..

..

.65

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.33

Ni–

21C

rP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-409

N08

811

..

..

..

6545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr–

1(A

l+

Ti)

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-423

N08

825

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

dH

otfi

nish

ed42

Ni–

21.5

Cr–

3Mo–

2.3C

uS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-423

N08

825

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

dC

old

wor

ked

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-424

N08

825

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-425

N08

825

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Rod

&ba

r

SB

-434

N10

003

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.70

Ni–

16M

o–7C

r–5F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-435

N06

002

..

..

..

9543

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

47N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

18F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-435

N06

230

..

..

..

110

47.

..

111

..

..

..

..

.53

Ni–

22C

r–14

W–C

o–F

e–M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-435

R30

556

..

..

..

100

45.

..

111

..

..

..

..

.21

Ni–

30F

e–22

Cr–

18C

o–3M

o–3W

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-443

N06

625

2.

..

100

43.

..

111

..

.S

olut

ion

anne

aled

..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

43N

0662

51

..

.12

043

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-443

N06

625

1.

..

110

43.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-444

N06

625

1.

..

120

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Pip

e&

tube

SB

-444

N06

625

2.

..

100

43.

..

..

..

..

Sol

utio

nan

neal

ed.

..

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bP

ipe

&tu

be

SB

-446

N06

625

1.

..

120

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Rod

&ba

rS

B-4

46N

0662

52

..

.10

043

..

..

..

..

.S

olut

ion

anne

aled

..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Rod

&ba

rS

B-4

62N

0802

0.

..

..

.80

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.35

Ni–

35F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

For

ging

s

SB

-463

N08

020

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–35

Fe–

20C

r–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-463

N08

024

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

37N

i–33

Fe–

23C

r–4M

o–1C

uP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-463

N08

026

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–24

Cr–

5Mo–

2Cu

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-464

N08

020

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–35

Fe–

20C

r–C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

B-4

64N

0802

4.

..

..

.80

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.37

Ni–

33F

e–23

Cr–

4Mo–

1Cu

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-464

N08

026

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–24

Cr–

5Mo–

2Cu

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-466

C70

600

..

..

..

3834

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

10N

iP

ipe

&tu

beS

B-4

66C

7100

0.

..

..

.45

34.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.20

Ni

Pip

e&

tube

SB

-466

C71

500

..

..

..

5034

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

30N

iP

ipe

&tu

be

SB

-467

C70

600

..

..

..

3834

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d>

4.5

O.D

.10

Ni

Pip

eS

B-4

67C

7060

0.

..

..

.40

34.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

To

4.5

O.D

.10

Ni

Pip

eS

B-4

67C

7060

0.

..

..

.45

34.

..

107

..

.F

rom

anl’d

.st

rip

To

4.5

O.D

.10

Ni

Pip

eS

B-4

67C

7060

0.

..

..

.54

34.

..

107

..

.F

rom

cld.

rld.

stri

pT

o4.

5O

.D.

10N

iP

ipe

SB

-467

C71

500

..

..

..

4534

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d>

4.5

O.D

.30

Ni

Pip

eS

B-4

67C

7150

0.

..

..

.50

34.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

To

4.5

O.D

.30

Ni

Pip

e


118

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-468

N08

020

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–35

Fe–

20C

r–C

bW

elde

dtu

beS

B-4

68N

0802

4.

..

..

.80

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.37

Ni–

33F

e–23

Cr–

4Mo–

1Cu

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-468

N08

026

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–24

Cr–

5Mo–

2Cu

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-473

N08

020

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–35

Fe–

20C

r–C

bB

ar

B49

1A

9300

330

03.

..

14.

..

21.

..

104

..

..

..

1.2M

nE

xtru

ded

tube

s

SB

-493

R60

702

R60

702

..

.55

61.

..

117

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Zr

For

ging

sS

B-4

93R

6070

5R

6070

5.

..

7062

..

.11

7.

..

..

..

..

99.5

Zr–

2.5N

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-494

N26

022

CX

2MW

..

.80

44.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

59N

i–22

Cr–

14M

o–4F

e–3W

Cas

ting

s

SB

-505

C95

200

..

..

..

6835

..

.10

8.

..

As

cast

..

.9A

lC

asti

ngs

SB

-511

N08

330

..

..

..

7046

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–19

Cr–

1.25

Si

Bar

s&

shap

es

SB

-514

N08

800

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-514

N08

810

..

..

..

6545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-515

N08

800

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-515

N08

810

..

..

..

6545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-515

N08

811

..

..

..

6545

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.33

Ni–

21C

r–1

(Al

+T

i)W

elde

dtu

be

SB

-516

N06

600

..

..

..

8043

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-517

N06

600

..

..

..

8043

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-523

R60

702

R60

702

..

.55

61.

..

117

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Zr

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

23R

6070

5R

6070

5.

..

8062

..

.11

7.

..

..

..

..

99.5

Zr–

2.5N

bS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SB

-535

N08

330

..

..

..

7046

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–19

Cr–

1.25

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-536

N08

330

..

..

..

7046

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–19

Cr–

1.25

Si

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-543

C12

200

..

..

..

3231

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htco

ldw

orke

d.

..

99.9

Cu

+A

gW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

1940

0.

..

..

.45

31.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.97

.5C

u+

Fe

+Z

nW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

1940

0.

..

..

.45

31.

..

107

..

.L

ight

cold

wor

ked

..

.97

.5C

u+

Fe

+Z

nW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

2300

0.

..

..

.40

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.15

Zn

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-543

C23

000

..

..

..

4232

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htco

ldw

orke

d.

..

15Z

nW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

4430

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

As

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-543

C44

400

..

..

..

4532

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06S

bW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

4450

0.

..

..

.45

32.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

PW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

6870

0.

..

..

.50

32.

..

108

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.20

Zn–

2Al

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-543

C70

400

..

..

..

3834

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

5.5N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

7060

0.

..

..

.40

34.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.10

Ni

Wel

ded

tube


119

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-543

C70

600

..

..

..

4534

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htco

ldw

orke

d.

..

10N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

7150

0.

..

..

.52

34.

..

107

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.30

Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-543

C71

640

..

..

..

6334

..

.10

7.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

30.5

Ni–

2Fe–

2Mn

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-543

C71

640

..

..

..

7534

..

.10

7.

..

Lig

htco

ldw

orke

d.

..

30.5

Ni–

2Fe–

2Mn

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7.

..

Alc

lad

3003

..

.13

..

.21

..

.10

4.

..

..

.1.

2Mn

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7.

..

Alc

lad

3003

..

.13

..

.21

..

.10

4.

..

..

.1.

2Mn

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7A

9300

330

03O

..

.14

..

.21

..

.10

4.

..

..

.1.

2Mn

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7A

9300

330

03H

112

..

.14

..

.21

..

.10

4.

..

..

.1.

2Mn

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7A

9508

350

83O

..

.40

..

.25

..

.10

5.

..

..

.4.

5Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

15C

rW

elde

dtu

beB

547

A95

454

5454

O.

..

31.

..

22.

..

105

..

..

..

2.75

Mg–

0.8M

n–0.

1Cr

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7A

9545

454

54H

112

..

.31

..

.22

..

.10

5.

..

..

.2.

75M

g–0.

8Mn–

0.1C

rW

elde

dtu

beB

547

A96

061

6061

T4

..

.24

..

.23

..

.10

5.

..

..

.1M

g–0.

6Si–

0.25

Cr

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7A

9606

160

61T

451

..

.24

..

.23

..

.10

5.

..

..

.1M

g–0.

6Si–

0.25

Cr

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7A

9606

160

61T

6.

..

24.

..

23.

..

105

..

..

..

1Mg–

0.6S

i–0.

25C

rW

elde

dtu

beB

547

A96

061

6061

T65

1.

..

24.

..

23.

..

105

..

..

..

1Mg–

0.6S

i–0.

25C

rW

elde

dtu

be

SB

-550

R60

702

R60

702

..

.55

61.

..

117

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Zr

Bar

&w

ire

SB

-550

R60

705

R60

705

..

.80

62.

..

117

..

..

..

..

.99

.5Z

r–2.

5Nb

Bar

&w

ire

SB

-551

R60

702

R60

702

..

.55

61.

..

117

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Zr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-5

51R

6070

5R

6070

5.

..

8062

..

.11

7.

..

..

..

..

99.5

Zr–

2.5N

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-564

N04

400

..

..

..

7042

..

.11

0.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

67N

i–30

Cu

For

ging

sS

B-5

64N

0602

2.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

2.

..

Sol

utio

nan

neal

ed.

..

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

For

ging

sS

B-5

64N

0605

9.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N06

600

..

..

..

8043

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

For

ging

sS

B-5

64N

0662

5.

..

..

.11

043

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d>

4–10

,in

cl.

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N06

625

..

..

..

120

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

To

4,in

cl.

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N06

690

..

..

..

8543

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N08

800

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr

For

ging

sS

B-5

64N

0881

0.

..

..

.65

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.33

Ni–

21C

rF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N08

811

..

..

..

6545

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.33

Ni–

21C

r–1

(Al

+T

i)F

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N10

276

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

For

ging

s

B56

4N

0220

0.

..

..

.55

..

.41

..

.11

0.

..

..

.99

.0N

iF

orgi

ngs

B56

4N

0803

1.

..

..

.94

..

.45

..

.11

1S

olut

ion

anne

aled

..

.31

Ni–

27C

r–5.

5Mo

For

ging

sB

564

N08

811

..

..

..

65.

..

45.

..

111

Ann

eale

d.

..

33N

i–21

Cr–

1(A

l+T

i)F

orgi

ngs

SB

-572

N06

002

..

..

..

9543

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

47N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

18F

eR

odS

B-5

72N

0623

0.

..

..

.11

047

..

.11

1.

..

..

..

..

53N

i–22

Cr–

14W

–Co–

Fe–

Mo

Rod

SB

-572

R30

556

..

..

..

100

45.

..

111

..

..

..

..

.21

Ni–

30F

e–22

Cr–

18C

o–3M

o–3W

Rod

SB

-573

N10

003

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.70

Ni–

16M

o–7C

r–5F

eR

od

SB

-574

N06

022

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.55

Ni–

21C

r–13

.5M

oR

odS

B-5

74N

0605

9.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oR

odS

B-5

74N

0645

5.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

61N

i–16

Mo–

16C

rR

od


120

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-574

N10

276

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Rod

SB

-575

N06

022

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.55

Ni–

21C

r–13

.5M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-575

N06

059

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.59

Ni–

23C

r–16

Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-5

75N

0645

5.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

61N

i–16

Mo–

16C

rP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-575

N10

276

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-581

N06

007

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d>

0.75

–3.5

47N

i–22

Cr–

19F

e–6M

oR

odS

B-5

81N

0600

7.

..

..

.90

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

0.31

25–0

.75

incl

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Rod

SB

-581

N06

030

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

40N

i–29

Cr–

15F

e–5M

oR

odS

B-5

81N

0697

5.

..

..

.85

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

0.31

25–3

.549

Ni–

25C

r–18

Fe–

6Mo

Rod

SB

-581

N06

985

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d>

0.75

–3.5

incl

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Rod

SB

-581

N06

985

..

..

..

9045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d0.

3125

–0.7

5in

cl.

47N

i–22

Cr–

20F

e–7M

oR

od

SB

-582

N06

007

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d>

0.75

–2.5

incl

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-5

82N

0600

7.

..

..

.90

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

Ove

r0.

020

47N

i–22

Cr–

19F

e–6M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-582

N06

007

..

..

..

9045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d0.

1875

–0.7

5in

cl.

47N

i–22

Cr–

19F

e–6M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-582

N06

030

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

40N

i–29

Cr–

15F

e–5M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-582

N06

975

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

dO

ver

0.02

049

Ni–

25C

r–18

Fe–

6Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-582

N06

975

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d0.

1875

–2.5

incl

.49

Ni–

25C

r–18

Fe–

6Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-5

82N

0698

5.

..

..

.85

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

>0.

75–2

.5in

cl.

47N

i–22

Cr–

20F

e–7M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-582

N06

985

..

..

..

9045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d0.

3125

–0.7

5in

cl.

47N

i–22

Cr–

20F

e–7M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-582

N06

985

..

..

..

9045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

dO

ver

0.02

047

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-599

N08

700

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

25N

i–47

Fe–

21C

r–5M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-619

N06

002

..

..

..

100

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–18

Fe

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

007

..

..

..

9045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

47N

i–22

Cr–

19F

e–6M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19N

0602

2.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

030

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

40N

i–29

Cr–

15F

e–5M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19N

0605

9.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19N

0623

0.

..

..

.11

047

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

53N

i–22

Cr–

14W

–Co–

Fe–

Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

455

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.61

Ni–

16M

o–16

Cr

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

975

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

49N

i–25

Cr–

18F

e–6M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19N

0698

5.

..

..

.90

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N08

320

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

26N

i–22

Cr–

5Mo–

Ti

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N10

001

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.62

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eW

elde

dpi

pe

SB

-619

N10

276

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N10

665

..

..

..

110

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.65

Ni–

28M

o–2F

eW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19R

3055

6.

..

..

.10

045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

21N

i–30

Fe–

22C

r–18

Co–

3Mo–

3WW

elde

dpi

pe

B61

9N

0605

9.

..

..

.10

0.

..

44.

..

112

Ann

eale

d.

..

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oW

elde

dpi

peB

619

N08

031

..

..

..

94.

..

45.

..

111

Ann

eale

d.

..

31N

i–36

Fe–

27C

r–6M

oW

elde

dpi

pe

SB

-620

N08

320

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

26N

i–22

Cr–

5Mo–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p


121

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-621

N08

320

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

26N

i–22

Cr–

5Mo–

Ti

Rod

SB

-622

N06

002

..

..

..

100

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–18

Fe

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0600

7.

..

..

.90

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0602

2.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0603

0.

..

..

.85

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.40

Ni–

29C

r–15

Fe–

5Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0605

9.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N06

230

..

..

..

110

47.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.53

Ni–

22C

r–14

W–C

o–F

e–M

oS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N06

455

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.61

Ni–

16M

o–16

Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0697

5.

..

..

.85

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.49

Ni–

25C

r–18

Fe–

6Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0698

5.

..

..

.90

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0832

0.

..

..

.75

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.26

Ni–

22C

r–5M

o–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N10

001

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.62

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N10

276

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

1066

5.

..

..

.11

044

..

.11

2.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

65N

i–28

Mo–

2Fe

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22R

3055

6.

..

..

.10

045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

21N

i–30

Fe–

22C

r–18

Co–

3Mo–

3WS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

B62

2N

0605

9.

..

..

.10

0.

..

44.

..

112

Sol

utio

nan

neal

ed.

..

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

B62

2N

0803

1.

..

..

.94

..

.45

..

.11

1S

olut

ion

anne

aled

..

.31

Ni–

27C

r–5.

5Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

B62

5N

0892

6.

..

..

.87

..

.45

..

.11

1A

nnea

led

..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-625

N08

904

..

..

..

7145

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

44F

e–25

Ni–

21C

r–M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-625

N08

925

..

..

..

8745

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-626

N06

002

..

..

..

100

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–18

Fe

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

007

..

..

..

9045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

47N

i–22

Cr–

19F

e–6M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26N

0602

2.

..

..

.10

044

..

.11

2.

..

Sol

utio

nan

neal

ed.

..

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

030

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

40N

i–29

Cr–

15F

e–5M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26N

0623

0.

..

..

.11

047

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

53N

i–22

Cr–

14W

–Co–

Fe–

Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

059

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.59

Ni–

23C

r–16

Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

455

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.61

Ni–

16M

o–16

Cr

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

975

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

49N

i–25

Cr–

18F

e–6M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26N

0698

5.

..

..

.90

45.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N08

320

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

26N

i–22

Cr–

5Mo–

Ti

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N10

001

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.62

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eW

elde

dtu

be

SB

-626

N10

276

..

..

..

100

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N10

665

..

..

..

110

44.

..

112

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.65

Ni–

28M

o–2F

eW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26R

3055

6.

..

..

.10

045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

21N

i–30

Fe–

22C

r–18

Co–

3Mo–

3WW

elde

dtu

be

B64

9N

0892

6.

..

..

.87

..

.45

..

.11

1S

olut

ion

trea

ted

..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Bar

&w

ire

SB

-649

N08

904

..

..

..

7145

..

.11

1.

..

Sol

utio

ntr

eate

d.

..

44F

e–25

Ni–

21C

r–M

oB

ar&

wir

eS

B-6

49N

0892

5.

..

..

.87

45.

..

111

..

.S

olut

ion

trea

ted

..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Bar

&w

ire


98

122

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-658

R60

702

R60

702

..

.55

61.

..

117

..

..

..

..

.U

nallo

yed

Zr

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

58R

6070

5R

6070

5.

..

8062

..

.11

7.

..

..

..

..

95.5

Zr–

2.5N

bS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SB

-668

N08

028

..

..

..

7345

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

31N

i–31

Fe–

29C

r–M

oS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-672

N08

700

..

..

..

8045

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

dA

ll25

Ni–

47F

e–21

Cr–

5Mo

Bar

&w

ire

B67

3N

0892

6.

..

..

.87

..

.45

..

.11

1S

olut

ion

trea

ted

..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-673

N08

904

..

..

..

7145

..

.11

1.

..

Sol

utio

ntr

eate

dA

ll44

Fe–

25N

i–21

Cr–

Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-673

N08

925

..

..

..

8745

..

.11

1.

..

Sol

utio

ntr

eate

d.

..

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NW

elde

dpi

pe

SB

-674

N08

904

..

..

..

7145

..

.11

1.

..

Sol

utio

ntr

eate

dA

ll44

Fe–

25N

i–21

Cr–

Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-674

N08

925

..

..

..

8745

..

.11

1.

..

Sol

utio

ntr

eate

d.

..

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NW

elde

dtu

be

B67

4N

0892

6.

..

..

.87

..

.45

..

.11

1S

olut

ion

trea

ted

..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-675

N08

366

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Sol

utio

ntr

eate

dA

ll46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-675

N08

367

..

..

..

104

45.

..

111

..

.S

olut

ion

trea

ted

..

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NW

elde

dpi

pe

SB

-676

N08

366

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Sol

utio

ntr

eate

dA

ll46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-676

N08

367

..

..

..

104

45.

..

111

..

.S

olut

ion

trea

ted

..

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NW

elde

dtu

be

B67

7N

0892

6.

..

..

.87

..

.45

..

.11

1S

olut

ion

trea

ted

..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-677

N08

904

..

..

..

7145

..

.11

1.

..

Sol

utio

ntr

eate

dA

ll44

Fe–

25N

i–21

Cr–

Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

77N

0892

5.

..

..

.87

45.

..

111

..

.S

olut

ion

trea

ted

..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-688

N08

366

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

dA

ll46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-6

88N

0836

7.

..

..

.10

445

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

46F

e–24

Ni–

21C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-690

N08

366

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

dA

ll46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

90N

0836

7.

..

..

.10

445

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

46F

e–24

Ni–

21C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-691

N08

366

..

..

..

7545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

dA

ll46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-6

91N

0836

7.

..

..

.10

445

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

46F

e–24

Ni–

21C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

e

SB

-704

N06

625

..

..

..

120

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-704

N08

825

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-705

N06

625

..

..

..

120

43.

..

111

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-705

N08

825

..

..

..

8545

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-709

N08

028

..

..

..

7345

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

31N

i–31

Fe–

29C

r–M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-710

N08

330

..

..

..

7046

..

.11

1.

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

35N

i–19

Cr–

1.25

Si

Wel

ded

pipe


98

123

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-729

N08

020

..

..

..

8045

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.35

Ni–

35F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

B72

5N

0220

0.

..

..

.55

..

.41

..

.11

0A

nnea

led

..

.99

.0N

iW

elde

dpi

pe

B81

9C

1220

0C

1220

0.

..

30.

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Wro

ught

pipe

B16

.18

C83

600

..

..

..

40.

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

5Sn–

5Zn–

5Pb

Cas

tfi

ttin

gsB

16.1

8C

8380

0.

..

..

.40

..

..

..

..

.10

7.

..

..

.4S

n–6.

5Zn–

6Pb

Cas

tfi

ttin

gsB

16.1

8C

8440

0.

..

..

.40

..

..

..

..

.10

7.

..

..

.2.

5Sn–

8.5Z

n–7P

bC

ast

fitt

ings

B16

.22

C10

200

..

..

..

30.

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

5Cu–

Ag

Wro

ught

pipe

B16

.22

C12

000

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Wro

ught

pipe

B16

.22

C12

200

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Wro

ught

pipe

B16

.22

C23

000

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

85C

u–15

Zn

Wro

ught

pipe


98

124

QW

/QB

-422

NO

NF

ER

RO

US

P-N

UM

BE

RS

AN

DS

-NU

MB

ER

S(C

ON

T’D

)(G

roup

ing

ofB

ase

Met

als

for

Qua

lific

atio

n)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifi

edS

pec.

UN

ST

ype

orT

ensi

le,

P-

S-

P-

S-

Siz

e(s)

orN

omin

alP

rodu

ctN

o.N

o.G

rade

Allo

yks

iN

o.N

o.N

o.N

o.C

ondi

tion

Thi

ckne

ss,

in.

Com

posi

tion

For

m

SB

-691

N08

367

..

..

..

104

45.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

46F

e–24

Ni–

21C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

e

SB

-704

N06

625

..

..

..

120

43.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bW

elde

dtu

beS

B-7

04N

0882

5.

..

..

.85

45.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-705

N06

625

..

..

..

120

43.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

B-7

05N

0882

5.

..

..

.85

45.

..

..

..

..

Ann

eale

d.

..

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-709

N08

028

..

..

..

7345

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.31

Ni–

31F

e–29

Cr–

Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-710

N08

330

..

..

..

7046

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.35

Ni–

19C

r–1.

25S

iW

elde

dpi

pe

SB

-729

N08

020

..

..

..

8045

..

..

..

..

.A

nnea

led

..

.35

Ni–

35F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

B72

5N

0220

0.

..

..

.55

..

.41

..

.11

0A

nnea

led

..

.99

.0N

iW

elde

dpi

pe

B81

9C

1220

0C

1220

0.

..

30.

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Wro

ught

pipe

B16

.18

C83

600

..

..

..

40.

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

5Sn–

5Zn–

5Pb

Cas

tfi

ttin

gsB

16.1

8C

8380

0.

..

..

.40

..

..

..

..

.10

7.

..

..

.4S

n–6.

5Zn–

6Pb

Cas

tfi

ttin

gsB

16.1

8C

8440

0.

..

..

.40

..

..

..

..

.10

7.

..

..

.2.

5Sn–

8.5Z

n–7P

bC

ast

fitt

ings

B16

.22

C10

200

..

..

..

30.

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

5Cu–

Ag

Wro

ught

pipe

B16

.22

C12

000

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Wro

ught

pipe

B16

.22

C12

200

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

99.9

Cu+

Ag

Wro

ught

pipe

B16

.22

C23

000

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

107

..

..

..

85C

u–15

Zn

Wro

ught

pipe



A99

98


QW-423 Alternate Base Materials for WelderQualification

QW-423.1Base material used for welder qualificationmay be substituted for the P-Number material specifiedin the WPS in accordance with the following.

Base Metal(s) for Qualified ProductionWelder Qualification Base Metal(s)

P-No. 1 through P-No. 11, P-No. 1 through P-No. 11, P-P-No. 34, or P-No. 41 through No. 34, P-No. 41 through P-P-No. 47 No. 47 and unassigned met-

als of similar chemical com-position to these metals

P-No. 21 through P-No. 25 P-No. 21 through P-No. 25P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 or P- P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 and

No. 61 through P-No. 62 P-No. 61 through P-No. 62

QW-423.2 Metals used for welder qualification con-forming to national or international standards or specifi-cations may be considered as having the same P- orS-Number as an assigned metal provided it meets themechanical and chemical requirements of the assignedmetal. The base metal specification and correspondingP- or S-Number shall be recorded on the qualificationrecord.

QW-424 Base Metals Used for ProcedureQualification

QW-424.1 Base metals are assigned P-Numbers inQW/QB-422; metals which do not appear in QW/QB-422 are considered to be unassigned metals except asotherwise defined in QW-420.1 for base metals having

125

the same UNS numbers. Unassigned metals shall beidentified in the WPS and on the PQR by specification,type and grade, or by chemical analysis and mechanicalproperties. The minimum tensile strength shall be de-fined by the organization which specified the unassignedmetal if the tensile strength of that metal is not definedby the material specification.

Base Metal(s) Used forProcedure Qualification

Coupon Base Metals Qualified

One metal from a P-Number to Any metals assigned that P-any metal from the same P- NumberNumber

One metal from a P-Number to Any metal assigned the first P-any metal from any other P- Number to any metal assignedNumber the second P-Number

One metal from P-No. 3 to any Any P-No.3 metal to any metalmetal from P-No. 3 from P-No. 3 or P-No. 1

One metal from P-No. 4 to any Any P-No. 4 metal to any metalmetal from P-No. 4 from P-Nos. 4, 3, or 1

One metal from P-No. 5A to Any P-No. 5A metal to anyany metal from P-No. 5A metal from P-Nos. 5A, 4, 3,

or 1 metalsOne metal from P-No. 5A to a Any P-No. 5A metal to any

metal from P-No. 4, or P-No. metal assigned to P-No. 4, or3, or P-No. 1 P-No. 3, or P-No. 1

One metal from P-No. 4 to a Any P-No. 4 metal to any metalmetal from P-No. 3 or P- assigned to P-No. 3 or P-No. 1 No. 1

Any unassigned metal to the The unassigned metal to itselfsame unassigned metal

Any unassigned metal to any P- The unassigned metal to anyNumber metal metal assigned to the same P-

Number as the qualified metalAny unassigned metal to any The first unassigned metal to

other unassigned metal the second unassigned metal



QW-430 F-NUMBERS

QW-431 General

The following F-Number grouping of electrodes andwelding rods in QW-432 is based essentially on theirusability characteristics, which fundamentally determinethe ability of welders to make satisfactory welds witha given filler metal. This grouping is made to reducethe number of welding procedure and performancequalifications, where this can logically be done. Thegrouping does not imply that base metals or filler metalswithin a group may be indiscriminately substituted for

A99QW-432F-NUMBERS

Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification

QW F-No. ASME Specification No. AWS Classification No.

Steel and Steel Alloys

432.1 1 SFA-5.1 & 5.5 EXX20, EXX22, EXX24, EXX27, EXX281 SFA-5.4 EXX25, EXX262 SFA-5.1 & 5.5 EXX12, EXX13, EXX14, EXX193 SFA-5.1 & 5.5 EXX10, EXX11

4 SFA-5.1 & 5.5 EXX15, EXX16, EXX18, EXX484 SFA-5.4 other than austenitic and duplex EXX15, EXX16, EXX17

5 SFA-5.4 (austenitic and duplex) EXX15, EXX16, EXX17

6 SFA-5.2 RX6 SFA-5.17 FXX-EXX, FXX-ECX6 SFA-5.9 ERXX, ECXX, EQXX6 SFA-5.18 ERXXS-X, EXXC-X, EXXC-XX

6 SFA-5.20 EXXT-X6 SFA-5.22 EXXXT-X6 SFA-5.23 FXX-EXXX-X, FXX-ECXXX-X, and

FXX-EXXX-XN, FXX-ECXXX-XN6 SFA-5.25 FESXX-EXXXXX-EW6 SFA-5.26 EGXXS-X and EGXXT-X6 SFA-5.28 ERXXS-X and EXXC-X6 SFA-5.29 EXXTX-X6 SFA-5.30 INXXXX

Aluminum and Aluminum-Base Alloys

432.2 21 SFA-5.3 E1100, E300321 SFA-5.10 ER1100, R1100, ER1188, R118822 SFA-5.10 ER5554, ER5356, ER5556, ER5183,

R5183, ER5654, R5554, R5654, R5356,R5556

23 SFA-5.3 & 5.10 ER4009, ER4010, ER4043, ER4047,R4043, R4047, ER4145, R4009, R4010,R4011, R4145, ER4643, E4043, R4643

24 SFA-5.10 R-A356.0, R206.0, RC355.0, R357.0,R-A357.0

25 SFA-5.10 ER2319, R2319

126

a metal which was used in the qualification test withoutconsideration of the compatibility of the base and fillermetals from the standpoint of metallurgical properties,postweld heat treatment design and service requirements,and mechanical properties.

QW-432.1 Steel and Steel AlloysQW-432.2 Aluminum and Aluminum-Base AlloysQW-432.3 Copper and Copper-Base AlloysQW-432.4 Nickel and Nickel-Base AlloysQW-432.5 Titanium and Titanium AlloysQW-432.6 Zirconium and Zirconium AlloysQW-432.7 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay


WELDING DATA QW-432

QW-432 (CONT’D)F-NUMBERS



Copper and Copper-Base Alloys

432.3 31 SFA-5.6 ECu31 SFA-5.7 ER Cu

432.3 32 SFA-5.6 ECuSi32 SFA-5.7 ERCuSi-A

33 SFA-5.6 ECuSn-A, ECuSn-C33 SFA-5.7 ERCuSn-A

34 SFA-5.6 ECuNi34 SFA-5.7 ERCuNi34 SFA-5.30 IN67

35 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-A35 RBCuZn-B35 RBCuZn-C35 RBCuZn-D

36 SFA-5.6 ECuAl-A236 ECuAl-B36 SFA-5.7 ERCuAl-A136 ERCuAl-A236 ERCuAl-A3

37 SFA-5.6 ECuNiAl37 ECuMnNiAl37 SFA-5.7 ERCuNiAl37 ERCuMnNiAl

Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys

432.4 41 SFA-5.11 ENi-141 SFA-5.14 ERNi-141 SFA-5.30 IN61

42 SFA-5.11 ENiCu-742 SFA-5.14 ERNiCu-742 SFA-5.14 ERNiCu-842 SFA-5.30 IN60

43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-143 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-343 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-443 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-743 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-943 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-1043 SFA-5.11 ENiCrCoMo-143 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-343 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-643 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-1243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-343 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-443 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-6

127



QW-432 (CONT’D)F-NUMBERS



Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys (Cont’d)43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-543 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-643 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-743 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-843 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-1143 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrCoMo-143 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-3

432.4 43 SFA-5.30 IN8243 SFA-5.30 IN6243 SFA-5.30 IN6A

44 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-144 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-344 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-744 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-844 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-944 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-1044 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-444 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-544 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-744 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-1044 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-1344 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-14

44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-144 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-2, ERNiMo-344 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-7 (Alloy B-2)44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-844 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-944 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-1044 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-444 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-544 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-7 (Alloy C-4)44 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-1044 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-1344 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-1444 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrWMo-1

45 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-145 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-945 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-1145 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-145 SFA-5.14 ERNiFeCr-145 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-845 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-945 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-11

Titanium and Titanium Alloys432.5 51 SFA-5.16 ERTi-1, ERTi-2, ERTi-3, ERTi-4

52 SFA-5.16 ERTi-753 SFA-5.16 ERTi-9, ERTi-9ELI54 SFA-5.16 ERTi-12

Zirconium and Zirconium Alloys432.6 61 SFA-5.24 ERZr2

ERZr3ERZr4

Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay432.7 71 SFA-5.13 RXXX-X, EXXX-X

72 SFA-5.21 RXXX-X

128

QW-432 WELDING DATA QW-433

98 QW-433 Alternate F-Numbers for WelderPerformance Qualification

The following tables identify the filler metal orelectrode that the welder used during qualification test-ing as “Qualified With,” and the electrodes or fillermetals that the welder is qualified to use in productionwelding as “Qualified For.” See QW-432 for theF-Number assignments.

F-No. 1 F-No. 1 F-No. 2 F-No. 2 F-No. 3 F-No. 3 F-No. 4 F-No. 4 F-No. 5 F-No. 5Qualified With →With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without

Qualified For ↓ Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing

F-No. 1 WithX X X X X X X X X X

Backing

F-No. 1 WithoutX

Backing

F-No. 2 WithX X X X X X

Backing

F-No. 2 WithoutX

Backing

F-No. 3 WithX X X X

Backing

F-No. 3 WithoutX

Backing

F-No. 4 WithX X

Backing

F-No. 4 WithoutX

Backing

F-No. 5 WithX X

Backing

F-No. 5 WithoutX

Backing

Qualified With Qualified For

Any F-No. 6 All F-No. 6 [Note (1)]

Any F-No. 21 through F-No. 25 All F-No. 21 through F-No. 25

Any F-No. 31, F-No. 32, F-No. Only the same F-Number as was33, F-No. 35, F-No. 36, or used during the qualificationF-No. 37 test

F-No. 34 or any F-No. 41 F-No. 34 and all F-No. 41through F-No. 45 through F-No. 45

Any F-No. 51 through F-No. 54 All F-No. 51 through F-No. 54

Any F-No. 61 All F-No. 61

Any F-No. 71 through F-No. 72 Only the same F-Number as wasused during the qualificationtest

NOTE:(1) Deposited weld metal made using a bare rod not covered by an

SFA Specification but which conforms to an analysis listed inQW-442 shall be considered to be classified as F-No. 6.

129


QW-440 WELD METAL CHEMICALCOMPOSITION

QW-441 General

Identification of weld metal chemical compositiondesignated on the PQR and WPS shall be as given inQW-404.5.

98 QW-442A-NUMBERS

Classification of Ferrous Weld Metal Analysis for Procedure Qualification

Analysis, % [Note (1)]Types of Weld

A-No. Deposit C Cr Mo Ni Mn Si

1 Mild Steel 0.20 . . . . . . . . . 1.60 1.00

2 Carbon-Molybdenum 0.15 0.50 0.40–0.65 . . . 1.60 1.00

3 Chrome (0.4% to 2%)–Molybdenum 0.15 0.40–2.00 0.40–0.65 . . . 1.60 1.004 Chrome (2% to 6%)–Molybdenum 0.15 2.00–6.00 0.40–1.50 . . . 1.60 2.005 Chrome (6% to 10.5%)–Molybdenum 0.15 6.00–10.50 0.40–1.50 . . . 1.20 2.00

6 Chrome-Martensitic 0.15 11.00–15.00 0.70 . . . 2.00 1.00

7 Chrome-Ferritic 0.15 11.00–30.00 1.00 . . . 1.00 3.00

8 Chromium–Nickel 0.15 14.50–30.00 4.00 7.50–15.00 2.50 1.009 Chromium–Nickel 0.30 19.00–30.00 6.00 15.00–37.00 2.50 1.00

10 Nickel to 4% 0.15 . . . 0.55 0.80–4.00 1.70 1.00

11 Manganese–Molybdenum 0.17 . . . 0.25–0.75 0.85 1.25–2.25 1.00

12 Nickel–Chrome—Molybdenum 0.15 1.50 0.25–0.80 1.25–2.80 0.75–2.25 1.00

NOTE:(1) Single values shown above are maximum.

130

WELDING DATA QW-451.1

QW

-450

SP

EC

IME

NS

QW

-451

Pro

cedu

reQ

ualif

icat

ion

Thi

ckne

ssLi

mits

and

Tes

tS

peci

men

s

QW

-451

.1G

RO

OV

E-W

EL

DT

EN

SIO

NT

ES

TS

AN

DT

RA

NS

VE

RS

E-B

EN

DT

ES

TS

Ran

geof

Thi

ckne

ssT

Thi

ckne

sst

ofD

epos

ited

Wel

dof

Bas

eM

etal

Qua

lifie

d,in

.M

etal

Qua

lifie

d,in

.T

ype

and

Num

ber

ofT

ests

Req

uire

d[N

ote

(1)]

[Not

e(1

)](T

ensi

onan

dG

uide

d-B

end

Tes

ts)

[Not

e(4

)]

Thi

ckne

ssT

ofT

est

Max

.T

ensi

onS

ide

Ben

dF

ace

Ben

dR

oot

Ben

dC

oupo

nW

elde

d,in

.M

in.

Max

.Q

W-1

50Q

W-1

60Q

W-1

60Q

W-1

60

Les

sth

an1/ 1

6T

2T

2t

2.

..

22

1/ 1

6to

3/ 8

,in

cl.

1/ 1

62

T2

t2

Not

e(3

)2

2

Ove

r3/ 8

,bu

tle

ssth

an3/ 4

3/ 1

62

T2

t2

Not

e(3

)2

2

3/ 4

tole

ssth

an1

1/ 2

3/ 1

62

T2

tw

hen

t<

3/ 4

2(5

)4

..

..

..

3/ 4

tole

ssth

an1

1/ 2

3/ 1

62

T2

Tw

hen

t≥

3/ 4

2(5

)4

..

..

..

11/ 2

and

over

3/ 1

68

(2)

2t

whe

nt

<3/ 4

2(5

)4

..

..

..

11/ 2

and

over

3/ 1

68

(2)

8(2

)w

hen

t≥

3/ 4

2(5

)4

..

..

..

NO

TE

S:

(1)

See

QW

-40

3(.

2,

.3,

.6,

.9,

.10

),Q

W-4

04

.32

,an

dQ

W-4

07

.4fo

rfu

rthe

rli

mit

son

rang

eof

thic

knes

squ

alif

ied.

Als

o,se

eQ

W-2

02

(.2

,.3

,.4

)fo

ral

low

able

exce

ptio

ns.

(2)

For

the

wel

ding

proc

esse

sof

QW

-40

3.7

only

;ot

herw

ise

per

Not

e(1

)or

2T

,or

2t,

whi

chev

eris

appl

icab

le.

(3)

Fou

rsi

de-b

end

test

sm

aybe

subs

titu

ted

for

the

requ

ired

face

-an

dro

ot-b

end

test

s,w

hen

thic

knes

sT

is3/ 8

in.

and

over

.(4

)F

orco

mbi

nati

onof

wel

ding

proc

edur

es,

see

QW

-20

0.4

.(5

)S

eeQ

W-1

51

(.1

,.2

,.3

)fo

rde

tail

son

mul

tipl

esp

ecim

ens

whe

nco

upon

thic

knes

ses

are

over

1in

.

131


QW

-451

.2G

RO

OV

E-W

EL

DT

EN

SIO

NT

ES

TS

AN

DL

ON

GIT

UD

INA

L-B

EN

DT

ES

TS

Ran

geof

Thi

ckne

ssT

Thi

ckne

sst

ofT

ype

and

Num

ber

ofT

ests

Req

uire

dof

Bas

eM

etal

Qua

lifie

d,in

.D

epos

ited

Wel

dM

etal

(Ten

sion

and

Gui

ded-

Ben

dT

ests

)[N

ote

(1)]

Qua

lifie

d,in

.[N

ote

(2)]

[Not

e(1

)]T

hick

ness

Tof

Tes

tT

ensi

onF

ace

Ben

dR

oot

Ben

dC

oupo

nW

elde

d,in

.M

in.

Max

.M

ax.

QW

-150

QW

-160

QW

-160

Les

sth

an1/ 1

6T

2T

2t

22

21/ 1

6to

3/ 8

,in

cl.

1/ 1

62

T2

t2

22

Ove

r3/ 8

3/ 1

62

T2

t2

22

NO

TE

S:

(1)

See

QW

-40

3(.

2,

.3,

.6,

.7,

.9,

.10

),Q

W-4

04

.32

,an

dQ

W-4

07

.4fo

rfu

rthe

rli

mit

son

rang

eof

thic

knes

squ

alif

ied.

The

sear

eal

soap

plic

able

tode

posi

ted

wel

dm

etal

thic

knes

ses.

Als

o,se

eQ

W-2

02

(.2

,.3

,.4

)fo

ral

low

able

exce

ptio

ns.

(2)

For

com

bina

tion

ofw

eldi

ngpr

oced

ures

,se

eQ

W-2

00

.4.

132



QW-451.3 A99

FILLET-WELD TESTS11

Type and Number of TestsType of Thickness of Test Required [[QW-462.4(a) or QW-462.4(d)]]Joint Coupons as Welded, in. Range Qualified Macro

Fillet Per QW-462.4(a) All fillet sizes on all base 5metal thicknesses and alldiameters

Fillet Per QW-462.4(d) 4

NOTE:(1) A production assembly mockup may be substituted in accordance with QW-181.1.1. When a production assembly mockup is used, the range

qualified shall be limited to the fillet weld size, base metal thickness, and configuration of the mockup. Alternatively, multiple productionassembly mockups may be qualified. The range of thickness of the base metal qualified shall be no less than the thickness of the thinnermember tested and no greater than the thickness of the thicker member tested. The range for fillet weld sizes qualified shall be limited tono less than the smallest fillet weld tested and no greater than the largest fillet weld tested. The configuration of production assemblies shallbe the same as that used in the production assembly mockup.

QW-451.4FILLET WELDS QUALIFIED BY GROOVE-WELD TESTS

Thickness T of TestCoupon (Plate or Pipe) Type and Number of Tests

as Welded Range Qualified Required

All groove tests All fillet sizes on all base Fillet welds are qualified whenmetal thicknesses and all the groove weld is qualifieddiameters in accordance with either

QW-451.1 or QW-451.2(see QW-202.2)

133



QW

-452

Per

form

ance

Qua

lific

atio

nT

hick

ness

Lim

itsan

dT

est

Spe

cim

ens

QW

-452

.1T

RA

NS

VE

RS

E-B

EN

DT

ES

TS

Thi

ckne

sst

ofT

ype

and

Num

ber

ofD

epos

ited

Wel

dM

etal

Tes

tsR

equi

red

Qua

lifie

d,in

.[N

ote

(2)]

(Gui

ded-

Ben

dT

ests

)(S

eeQ

W-3

10.1

)[N

otes

(3),

(4),

(8)]

Thi

ckne

ssof

Roo

tB

end

Typ

eof

Tes

tC

oupo

nM

ax.

Sid

eB

end

Fac

eB

end

[Not

e(5

)]Jo

int

Wel

ded,

in.

[Not

e(1

)]Q

W-4

62.2

QW

-462

.3(a

)Q

W-4

62.3

(a)

Gro

ove

Up

to3/ 8

,in

cl.

2t

Not

e(6

)1

1G

roov

eO

ver

3/ 8

but

less

than

3/ 4

2t

Not

e(7

)1

1G

roov

e3/ 4

and

over

Max

.to

bew

elde

d2

..

..

..

NO

TE

S:

(1)

Whe

nus

ing

one,

two,

orm

ore

wel

ders

,th

eth

ickn

ess

tof

the

depo

site

dw

eld

met

alfo

rea

chw

elde

rw

ith

each

proc

ess

shal

lbe

dete

rmin

edan

dus

edin

divi

dual

lyin

the

Thi

ckne

ssco

lum

n.(2

)T

wo

orm

ore

pipe

test

coup

ons

ofdi

ffer

ent

thic

knes

ses

may

beus

edto

dete

rmin

eth

ede

posi

ted

wel

dm

etal

thic

knes

squ

alif

ied

and

that

thic

knes

sm

aybe

appl

ied

topr

oduc

tion

wel

dsto

the

smal

lest

diam

eter

for

whi

chth

ew

elde

ris

qual

ifie

din

acco

rdan

cew

ith

QW

-45

2.3

.(3

)T

hick

ness

ofte

stco

upon

of3/ 4

in.

orov

ersh

all

beus

edfo

rqu

alif

ying

aco

mbi

nati

onof

thre

eor

mor

ew

elde

rsea

chof

whi

chm

ayus

eth

esa

me

ora

diff

eren

tw

eldi

ngpr

oces

s.(4

)T

oqu

alif

yfo

rpo

siti

ons

5G

and

6G

,as

pres

crib

edin

QW

-30

2.3

,tw

oro

otan

dtw

ofa

ce-b

end

spec

imen

sor

four

side

bend

spec

imen

s,as

appl

icab

leto

the

test

coup

onth

ickn

ess,

are

requ

ired

.(5

)F

ace-

and

root

-ben

dte

sts

may

beus

edto

qual

ify

aco

mbi

nati

onte

stof

:(a

)on

ew

elde

rus

ing

two

wel

ding

proc

esse

s;or

(b)

two

wel

ders

usin

gth

esa

me

ora

diff

eren

tw

eldi

ngpr

oces

s.(6

)F

ora

3/ 8

in.

thic

kco

upon

,a

side

-ben

dte

stm

aybe

subs

titu

ted

for

each

ofth

ere

quir

edfa

ce-

and

root

-ben

dte

sts.

(7)

Asi

de-b

end

test

may

besu

bsti

tute

dfo

rea

chof

the

requ

ired

face

-an

dro

ot-b

end

test

s.(8

)T

est

coup

ons

shal

lbe

visu

ally

exam

ined

per

QW

-30

2.4

.

134


QW-452.2LONGITUDINAL-BEND TESTS

Type and Number of TestsRequired

(Guided-Bend Tests)[Note (2)]

Thickness Thickness t of DepositedTest Coupon Weld Metal Qualified, in. Face Bend Root Bend

Type of Welded, in. [Note (3)] [Note (3)]Joint [Note (1)] Max. QW-462.3(b) QW-462.3(b)

Groove Up to 3/8, incl. 2t 1 1Groove Over 3/8 2t 1 1

NOTES:(1) When using one, two, or more welders, the thickness t of the deposited weld metal for each welder with

each process shall be determined and used individually in the Thickness column.(2) Thickness of test coupon of 3/4 in. or over shall be used for qualifying a combination of three or more

welders, each of which may use the same or a different welding process.(3) Face- and root-bend tests may be used to qualify a combination test of:

(a) one welder using two welding processes; or(b) two welders using the same or a different welding process.

QW-452.3GROOVE-WELD DIAMETER LIMITS1,2

Outside DiameterQualified, in.

Outside Diameterof Test Coupon, in. Min. Max.

Less than 1 Size welded Unlimited

1 to less than 27/8 1 Unlimited

27/8 and over 27/8 Unlimited

NOTES:(1) Type and number of tests required shall be in accordance with

QW-452.1.(2) 27/8 in. O.D. is the equivalent of NPS 21/2.

135

QW-452.4 1998 SECTION IX QW-452.6

QW-452.4SMALL DIAMETER FILLET-WELD TEST1,2

Outside Diameter Minimum Outside Diameter Thicknessof Test Coupon, in. Qualified, in. Qualified

Less than 1 Size welded All

1 to less than 27/8 1 All

27/8 and over 27/8 All

NOTES:(1) Type and number of tests required shall be in accordance with QW-452.5.(2) 27/8 in. O.D. is considered the equivalent of NPS 21/2.

QW-452.5FILLET-WELD TEST2

Type and Number of TestsRequired [QW-462.4(b) or QW-

Thickness of 462.4(c)]Test Coupon as

Type of Joint Welded, in. Range Qualified Macro Fracture

Tee fillet 3/16 – 3/8 All base material thicknesses, 1 1fillet sizes, and diameters27/8 O.D. and over (1)

Less than 3/16 T to 2T base material thickness, 1 1T maximum fillet size, and alldiameters 27/8 O.D. and over (1)

NOTES:(1) 27/8 in. O.D. is considered the equivalent of NPS 21/2. For smaller diameter qualifications, refer to QW-452.4 or QW-452.6.(2) Production assembly mockups may be substituted in accordance with QW-181.2.1. When production assembly mockups are used, range

qualified shall be limited to the fillet sizes, base metal thicknesses, and configuration of the mockup.

QW-452.6FILLET QUALIFICATION BY GROOVE-WELD TESTS

Thickness of Test Coupon Type and Number of TestsType of Joint as Welded, in. Range Qualified Required

Any groove All thicknesses All base material thicknesses, Fillet welds are qualified when afillet sizes, and diameters welder /welding operator quali-

fies on a groove weld test

136

QW-453 WELDING DATA

QW-453PROCEDURE/PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION THICKNESS LIMITS AND TEST

SPECIMENS FOR HARD-FACING (WEAR-RESISTANT) AND CORROSION-RESISTANT OVERLAYS

Corrosion-Resistant [Note (1)] Hard-facing Overlay (Wear-Resistant)Overlay [Note (2)]

Thickness of Test Nominal Base Metal Type & Number of Nominal Base Metal Type & NumberCoupon (T ) Thickness Qualified (T ) Tests Required Thickness Qualified (T ) of Tests Required

Procedure QualificationTesting

Less than 1 in. T T qualified to unlimited

1 in. to unlimited 6 T qualified up to 1 in.

1 in. to unlimited 6Notes: (4), (5), and (9) Notes: (3), (7), (8), and (9)1 in. and over T

PerformanceQualificationTesting

Less than 1 in. T T qualified to unlimited

1 in. to unlimited 6 T qualified to unlimited

1 in. to unlimited 6Note (6) Notes (8) and (10)1 in. and over T

NOTES:(1) The qualification test coupon shall consist of base metal not less than 6 in. × 6 in. The weld overlay cladding shall be a minimum of 11/2

in. wide by approximately 6 in. long. For qualification on pipe, the pipe length shall be a minimum of 6 in., and a minimum diameter toallow the required number of test specimens. The weld overlay shall be continuous around the circumference of the test coupon. For processes(performance qualification only) depositing a weld bead width greater than 1/2 in. wide, the weld overlay shall consist of a minimum ofthree weld beads in the first layer.

(2) The test base metal coupon shall have minimum dimensions of 6 in. wide × approximately 6 in. long with a hard-faced layer a minimumof 11/2 in. wide × 6 in. long. The minimum hard-faced thickness shall be as specified in the Welding Procedure Specification. Alternatively,the qualification may be performed on a test base metal coupon which represents the size of the production part. For qualification on pipe,the pipe length shall be 6 in. minimum, and of a minimum diameter to allow the required number of test specimens. The weld overlay shallbe continuous around the circumference of the test coupon.

(3) The hard-facing surface shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards in QW-195.2 or asspecified in the WPS. Surface conditioning prior to liquid penetrant examination is permitted.

(4) The corrosion-resistant surface shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards as specified inQW-195.

(5) Following the liquid penetrant examination, four guided side-bend tests shall be made from the test coupon in accordance with QW-161.The test specimens shall be cut so that there are either two specimens parallel and two specimens perpendicular to the direction of thewelding, or four specimens perpendicular to the direction of the welding. For coupons which are less than 3/8 in. thick, the width of theside-bend specimens may be reduced to the thickness of the test coupon. The side-bend specimens shall be removed from locations specifiedin QW-462.5(c) or QW-462.5(d).

(6) The test coupon shall be sectioned to make side-bend test specimens perpendicular to the direction of the welding in accordance with QW-161. Test specimens shall be removed at locations specified in QW-462.5(c) or QW-462.5(d).

(7) After surface conditioning to the minimum thickness specified in the WPS, a minimum of three hardness readings shall be made on eachof the specimens from the locations shown in QW-462.5(b) or QW-462.5(e). All readings shall meet the requirements of the WPS.

(8) The base metal shall be sectioned transversely to the direction of the hard-facing overlay. The two faces of the hard-facing exposed bysectioning shall be polished and etched with a suitable etchant and shall be visually examined with ×5 magnification for cracks in the basemetal or the heat affected zone, lack of fusion, or other linear defects. The overlay and the base metal shall meet the requirements specifiedin the WPS. All exposed faces shall be examined. See QW-462.5(b) for pipe and QW-462.5(e) for plate.

(9) When a chemical composition is specified in the WPS, chemical analysis specimens shall be removed at locations specified in QW-462.5(b)or QW-462.5(e). The chemical analysis shall be performed in accordance with QW-462.5(a) and shall be within the range specified in theWPS. This chemical analysis is not required when a chemical composition is not specified on the WPS.

(10) At a thickness greater than or equal to the minimum thickness specified in the WPS, the weld surface shall be examined by the liquidpenetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards in QW-195.2 or as specified in the WPS. Surface conditioning prior to liquidpenetrant examination is permitted.

137


QW-460 GRAPHICS

QW-461 Positions

QW-461.1 POSITIONS OF WELDS — GROOVE WELDS

138


QW-461.2 POSITIONS OF WELDS — FILLET WELDS

139

QW-461.3 1998 SECTION IX QW-461.5

QW-461.3 GROOVE WELDS IN PLATE — TEST POSITIONS

QW-461.4 GROOVE WELDS IN PIPE — TEST POSITIONS

QW-461.5 FILLET WELDS IN PLATE — TEST POSITIONS

140


QW-461.6 FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — TEST POSITIONS

141


QW-461.7 STUD WELDS — TEST POSITIONS

QW-461.8 STUD WELDS — WELDING POSITIONS

142


QW-461.9PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION — POSITION AND DIAMETER LIMITATIONS

(Within the Other Limitations of QW-303)

Position and Type Weld Qualified [Note (1)]

Qualification Test Groove Fillet

Plate and Pipe Pipe PlateWeld Position Over 24 in. O.D. ≤ 24 in. O.D. and Pipe

Plate — Groove 1G F F [Note (2)] F2G F,H F,H [Note (2)] F,H3G F,V F [Note (2)] F,H,V4G F,O F [Note (2)] F,H,O

3G and 4G F,V,O F [Note (2)] All2G, 3G, and 4G All F,H [Note (2)] All

Special Positions (SP) SP,F SP,F SP,F

Plate — Fillet 1F . . . . . . F [Note (2)]2F . . . . . . F,H [Note (2)]3F . . . . . . F,H,V [Note (2)]4F . . . . . . F,H,O [Note (2)]

3F and 4F . . . . . . All [Note (2)]Special Positions (SP) . . . . . . SP,F [Note (2)]

Pipe — Groove [Note (3)] 1G F F F2G F,H F,H F,H5G F,V,O F,V,O All6G All All All

2G and 5G All All AllSpecial Positions (SP) SP,F SP,F SP,F

Pipe — Fillet [Note (3)] 1F . . . . . . F2F . . . . . . F,H

2FR . . . . . . F,H4F . . . . . . F,H,O5F . . . . . . All

Special Positions (SP) . . . . . . SP,F

NOTES:(1) Positions of welding as shown in QW-461.1 and QW-461.2.

F p FlatH p HorizontalV p VerticalO p Overhead

(2) Pipe 27/8 in. O.D. and over.(3) See diameter restrictions in QW-452.3, QW-452.4, and QW-452.6.

143

QW-461.3–QW-461.5 1998 SECTION IX QW-462.1(a)

QW-462 Test Specimens

The purpose of the QW-462 figures is to give themanufacturer or contractor guidance in dimensioningtest specimens for tests required for procedure andperformance qualifications. Unless a minimum, maxi-mum, or tolerance is given in the figures (or as QW-150, QW-160, or QW-180 requires), the dimensions

QW-462.1(a) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — PLATE

144

are to be considered approximate. All welding processesand filler material to be qualified must be included inthe test specimen.

x p coupon thickness including reinforcementy p specimen thicknessT p coupon thickness excluding reinforcementW p specimen width,3⁄4 in.

WELDING DATA QW-462.1(c)

QW-462.1(b) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — PIPE

QW-462.1(c) TENSION — REDUCED SECTIONALTERNATE FOR PIPE

145

QW-462.1(d) 1998 SECTION IX QW-462.1(e)

QW-462.1(d) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — TURNED SPECIMENS

QW-462.1(e) TENSION — FULL SECTION — SMALLDIAMETER PIPE

146


QW-462.2 SIDE BEND

147

QW-462.3(a) 1998 SECTION IX QW-462.3(b)

QW-462.3(a) FACE AND ROOT BENDS — TRANSVERSE1,2

QW-462.3(b) FACE AND ROOT BENDS —LONGITUDINAL1

148

QW-462.4(a) WELDING DATA QW-462.4(b)

QW-462.4(a) FILLET WELDS — PROCEDURE

QW-462.4(b) FILLET WELDS — PERFORMANCE

149

QW-462.4(c) 1998 SECTION IX

QW-462.4(c) FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — PERFORMANCE

150

WELDING DATA QW-462.4(d)

QW-462.4(d) FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — PROCEDURE

151

QW-462.5(a) 1998 SECTION IX

QW-462.5(a) CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND HARDNESS SPECIMEN CORROSION-RESISTANT ANDHARDFACING WELD METAL OVERLAY

152

WELDING DATA QW-462.5(b)

QW-462.5(b) CHEMICAL ANALYSIS SPECIMEN, HARDFACING OVERLAY HARDNESS,AND MACRO TEST LOCATION(S) FOR CORROSION-RESISTANT AND HARDFACING

WELD METAL OVERLAY

153

QW-462.5(c) 1998 SECTION IX

QW-462.5(c) PIPE BEND SPECIMEN — CORROSION-RESISTANT WELD METAL OVERLAY

154

WELDING DATA QW-462.5(d)

QW-462.5(d) PLATE BEND SPECIMENS — CORROSION-RESISTANT WELD METAL OVERLAY

155

QW-462.5(e) 1998 SECTION IX

QW-462.5(e) PLATE MACRO, HARDNESS, AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS SPECIMENS —CORROSION-RESISTANT AND HARDFACING WELD METAL OVERLAY

156


QW-462.7 RESISTANCE SEAM WELD

QW-462.8 SPOT WELDS IN SHEETS

157


QW-462.9 SPOT WELDS IN SHEET

158



A99QW-462.10SHEAR STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR SPOT OR PROJECTION WELD SPECIMENS

P-No. 1 Through P-No. 11 and P-No. 41 Through P-No. 47 Metals

Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength below90,000 to 149,000 psi 90,000 psi

Nominal Thickness lb per spot lb per spotof Thinner Sheet,

in. min min avg min min avg

0.009 130 160 100 1250.010 160 195 115 1400.012 200 245 150 1850.016 295 365 215 2600.018 340 415 250 3050.020 390 480 280 3450.022 450 550 330 4050.025 530 655 400 4950.028 635 785 465 5750.032 775 955 565 6950.036 920 1,140 690 8600.040 1,065 1,310 815 1,0000.045 1,285 1,585 1,005 1,2400.050 1,505 1,855 1,195 1,4750.056 1,770 2,185 1,460 1,8000.063 2,110 2,595 1,760 2,1700.071 2,535 3,125 2,080 2,5600.080 3,005 3,705 2,455 3,0250.090 3,515 4,335 2,885 3,5600.100 4,000 4,935 3,300 4,0700.112 4,545 5,610 3,795 4,6750.125 5,065 6,250 4,300 5,310

159



A99

QW-462.11SHEAR STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR SPOT OR PROJECTION WELD SPECIMENS

P-No. 21 Through P-No. 25 Aluminum Alloys

Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength below35,000 to 55,999 psi 19,500 to 34,999 psi 19,500 psi

Nominal Thickness lb per spot lb per spot lb per spotof Thinner Sheet,

in. min min avg min min avg min min avg

0.010 50 65 — — — —0.012 65 85 30 40 20 250.016 100 125 70 90 50 650.018 115 145 85 110 65 850.020 135 170 100 125 80 1000.022 155 195 120 150 95 1200.025 175 200 145 185 110 1400.028 205 260 175 220 135 1700.032 235 295 210 265 165 2100.036 275 345 255 320 195 2450.040 310 390 300 375 225 2850.045 370 465 350 440 260 3250.050 430 540 400 500 295 3700.050 515 645 475 595 340 4250.063 610 765 570 715 395 4950.071 720 900 645 810 450 5650.080 855 1,070 765 960 525 6600.090 1,000 1,250 870 1,090 595 7450.100 1,170 1,465 940 1,175 675 8450.112 1,340 1,675 1,000 1,255 735 9200.125 1,625 2,035 1,050 1,315 785 9850.140 1,920 2,400 — — — —0.160 2,440 3,050 — — — —0.180 3,000 3,750 — — — —0.190 3,240 4,050 — — — —0.250 6,400 8,000 — — — —

160

QW-463.1(a) WELDING DATA QW-463.1(c)

QW-463 Order of Removal

QW-463.1(b) PLATES — 3⁄4 in. AND OVERQW-463.1(a) PLATES — LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. THICKNESS AND ALTERNATE FROM 3⁄8 in.THICKNESS PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION BUT LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. THICKNESS

PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.1(c) PLATES — LONGITUDINAL PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

161

QW-463.1(d) 1998 SECTION IX QW-463.1(e)

QW-463.1(d) PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.1(e) PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

162

WELDING DATA QW-463.1(f)

QW-463.1(f) NOTCH-TOUGHNESS TEST SPECIMEN LOCATION

163

QW-463.2(a) 1998 SECTION IX QW-463.2(c)

QW-463.2(b) PLATES — 3⁄4 in. AND OVERQW-463.2(a) PLATES — LESS THAN 3⁄4 in.THICKNESS AND ALTERNATE FROM 3⁄8 in. BUTTHICKNESS PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. THICKNESSPERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.2(c) PLATES — LONGITUDINAL PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

164

QW-463.2(d) WELDING DATA QW-463.2(f)

QW-463.2(e) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONQW-463.2(d) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.2(f) PIPE — 10 in. ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCEQUALIFICATION

165

QW-463.2(g) 1998 SECTION IX

QW-463.2(g) 6 in. OR 8 in. ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

166


WELDING DATA QW-463.2(h)

QW-463.2(h) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

167



QW-466 Test Jigs

QW-466.1 TEST JIG DIMENSIONSA99

168


QW-466.2 GUIDED-BEND ROLLER JIG

169


QW-466.3 GUIDED-BEND WRAP AROUND JIG

170


QW-466.4 STUD-WELD BEND JIG

171


QW-466.5 TORQUE TESTING ARRANGEMENT FOR STUD WELDS

172


QW-466.6 SUGGESTED TYPE TENSILE TEST FIGURE FOR STUD WELDS

173

QW-469.1 1998 SECTION IX QW-469.2

QW-469 Typical Test Joints

QW-469.2 ALTERNATIVE BUTT JOINTQW-469.1 BUTT JOINT

174



QW-470 ETCHING — PROCESSES ANDREAGENTS

QW-471 General

The surfaces to be etched should be smoothed by filing,machining, or grinding on metallographic papers. Withdifferent alloys and tempers, the etching period will varyfrom a few seconds to several minutes, and should be con-tinued until the desiredcontrast isobtained. As aprotectionfrom the fumes liberated during the etching process, thisworkshouldbe doneunderahood.After etching, thespeci-mens should be thoroughly rinsed and then dried with ablast of warm air. Coating the surface with a thin clear lac-quer will preserve the appearance.

QW-472 For Ferrous Metals

Etching solutions suitable for carbon and low alloysteels, together with directions for their use, are sug-gested as follows.

QW-472.1 Hydrochloric Acid. Hydrochloric (muri-atic) acid and water, equal parts, by volume. Thesolution should be kept at or near the boiling temperatureduring the etching process. The specimens are to beimmersed in the solution for a sufficient period of timeto reveal all lack of soundness that might exist at theircross-sectional surfaces.

QW-472.2 Ammonium Persulfate.One part of am-monium persulfate to nine parts of water, by weight.The solution should be used at room temperature, andshould be applied by vigorously rubbing the surfaceto be etched with a piece of cotton saturated with thesolution. The etching process should be continued untilthere is a clear definition of the structure in the weld.

QW-472.3 Iodine and Potassium Iodide.One partof powdered iodine (solid form), two parts of powderedpotassium iodide, and ten parts of water, all by weight.The solution should be used at room temperature, andbrushed on the surface to be etched until there is aclear definition or outline of the weld.

QW-472.4 Nitric Acid. One part of nitric acid andthree parts of water, by volume.

CAUTION: Always pour the acid into the water. Nitric acid causesbad stains and severe burns.

The solution may be used at room temperature andapplied to the surface to be etched with a glass stirringrod. The specimens may also be placed in a boilingsolution of the acid, but the work should be done ina well-ventilated room. The etching process should becontinued for a sufficient period of time to reveal all

175

lack of soundness that might exist at the cross-sectionalsurfaces of the weld.

QW-473 For Nonferrous Metals

The following etching reagents and directions fortheir use are suggested for revealing the macrostructure.

QW-473.1 Aluminum and Aluminum-Base Alloys

Hydrochloric acid (concentrated) 15 mlHydrofluoric acid (48%) 10 mlWater 85 ml

This solution is to be used at room temperature, andetching is accomplished by either swabbing or immers-ing the specimen.

QW-473.2 For Copper and Copper-Base Alloys:Cold Concentrated Nitric Acid. Etching is accom-plished by either flooding or immersing the specimenfor several seconds under a hood. After rinsing witha flood of water, the process is repeated with a 50-50 solution of concentrated nitric acid and water.

In the case of the silicon bronze alloys, it may benecessary to swab the surface to remove a white (SiO2)deposit.

QW-473.3 For Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys

Material Formula

Nickel Nitric Acid or Lepito’s EtchLow Carbon Nickel Nitric Acid or Lepito’s EtchNickel–Copper (400) Nitric Acid or Lepito’s EtchNickel–Chromium–Iron Aqua Regia or Lepito’s Etch

(600 and 800)

MAKEUP OF FORMULAS FOR AQUA REGIA ANDLEPITO’S ETCH

Aqua Lepito’sRegia Etch[(1), (3)] [(2), (3)]

Nitric Acid, Concentrated — HNO3 1 part 3 mlHydrochloric Acid, Concentrated — 2 parts 10 ml

HCLAmmonium Sulfate — . . . 1.5 g

(NH4)2(SO4)Ferric Chloride — FeCl3 . . . 2.5 gWater . . . 7.5 ml

NOTES:(1) Warm the parts for faster action.(2) Mix solution as follows:

(a) Dissolve (NH4)2(SO4) in H2O.(b) Dissolve powdered FeCl3 in warm HCl.(c) Mix (a) and (b) above and add HNO3.

(3) Etching is accomplished by either swabbing or immersing thespecimen.


A99

A99

QW-473.4 1998 SECTION IX QW/QB-492

QW-473.4 For Titanium

Kroll’s Etch Keller’s Etch

Hydrofluoric acid (48%) 1 to 3 ml 1⁄2 mlNitric acid (concentrated) 2 to 6 ml 21⁄2 mlHydrochloric Acid . . . 11⁄2 ml

(concentrated)Water To make 100 ml To make 100 ml

QW-473.5 For Zirconium

Hydrofluoric acid 3 mlNitric acid (concentrated) 22 mlWater 22 ml

Apply by swab and rinse in cold water.These are general purpose etchants which are applied

at room temperature by swabbing or immersion of thespecimen.

QW-490 DEFINITIONS

QW/QB-491 General

Definitions of the more common terms relating towelding/brazing are defined in QW/QB-492. These areidentical to, or substantially in agreement with thedefinitions of the American Welding Society document,AWS A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions.There are terms listed that are specific to ASME SectionIX and are not presently defined in AWS A3.0. Severaldefinitions have been modified slightly from A3.0 soas to better define the context/intent as used in ASMESection IX.

QW/QB-492 Definitions

arc seam weld— a seam weld made by an arc weldingprocess.

arc spot weld— a spot weld made by an arc weldingprocess

arc strike — any inadvertent discontinuity resultingfrom an arc, consisting of any localized remelted metal,heat-affected metal, or change in the surface profile ofany metal object. The arc may be caused by arcwelding electrodes, magnetic inspection prods, or frayedelectrical cable.

arc welding — a group of welding processes whereincoalescence is produced by heating with an arc or arcs,with or without the application of pressure, and withor without the use of filler metal

176

as-brazed — adj. pertaining to the condition ofbrazements after brazing, prior to any subsequent ther-mal, mechanical, or chemical treatments

as-welded— adj. pertaining to the condition of weldmetal, welded joints, and weldments after welding butprior to any subsequent thermal, mechanical, or chemicaltreatments

backgouging— the removal of weld metal and basemetal from the weld root side of a welded joint tofacilitate complete fusion and complete joint penetrationupon subsequent welding from that side

backhand welding— a welding technique in whichthe welding torch or gun is directed opposite to theprogress of welding

backing — a material placed at the root of a weldjoint for the purpose of supporting molten weld metalso as to facilitate complete joint penetration. The mate-rial may or may not fuse into the joint. See retainer.

backing gas— a gas, such as argon, helium, nitrogen,or reactive gas, which is employed to exclude oxygenfrom the root side (opposite from the welding side) ofweld joints

base metal— the metal or alloy that is welded, brazed,or cut

bond line (brazing and thermal spraying)— the crosssection of the interface between a braze or thermalspray deposit and the substrate

braze — a joint produced by heating an assembly tosuitable temperatures and by using a filler metal havinga liquidus above 840°F and below the solidus of thebase materials. The filler metal is distributed betweenthe closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillaryaction.

brazer— one who performs a manual or semiautomaticbrazing operation

brazing — a group of metal joining processes whichproduces coalescence of materials by heating them toa suitable temperature, and by using a filler metalhaving a liquidus above 840°F and below the solidusof the base materials. The filler metal is distributedbetween the closely fitted surfaces of the joint bycapillary action.

brazing, automatic— brazing with equipment whichperforms the brazing operation without constant observa-tion and adjustment by a brazing operator. The equip-ment may or may not perform the loading and unloadingof the work.


QW/QB-492 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492

brazing, block (BB)— a brazing process that uses heatfrom heated blocks applied to the joint. This is anobsolete or seldom used process.

brazing, dip (DB)— a brazing process in which theheat required is furnished by a molten chemical ormetal bath. When a molten chemical bath is used, thebath may act as a flux; when a molten metal bath isused, the bath provides the filler metal.

brazing, furnace (FB)— a brazing process in whichthe workpieces are placed in a furnace and heated tothe brazing temperature

brazing, induction (IB)— a brazing process that usesheat from the resistance of the workpieces to inducedelectric current

brazing, machine— brazing with equipment whichperforms the brazing operation under the constant obser-vation and control of a brazing operator. The equipmentmay or may not perform the loading and unloading ofthe work.

brazing, manual— a brazing operation performed andcontrolled completely by hand. See automatic brazingand machine brazing.

brazing, resistance (RB)— a brazing process that usesheat from the resistance to electric current flow in acircuit of which the workpieces are a part

brazing, semiautomatic— brazing with equipmentwhich controls only the brazing filler metal feed. Theadvance of the brazing is manually controlled.

brazing, torch (TB)— a brazing process that uses heatfrom a fuel gas flare

brazing operator — one who operates machine orautomatic brazing equipment

brazing temperature— the temperature to which thebase metal(s) is heated to enable the filler metal towet the base metal(s) and form a brazed joint

brazing temperature range— the temperature rangewithin which brazing can be conducted

build-up of base metal/restoration of base metal thick-ness— this is the application of a weld material toa base metal so as to restore the design thickness and/or structural integrity. This build-up may be with achemistry different from the base metal chemistry whichhas been qualified via a standard butt welded testcoupon. Also, may be called base metal repair orbuildup.

butt joint — a joint between two members alignedapproximately in the same plane

177

buttering — the addition of material, by welding, onone or both faces of a joint, prior to the preparationof the joint for final welding, for the purpose ofproviding a suitable transition weld deposit for thesubsequent completion of the joint

clad brazing sheet— a metal sheet on which one orboth sides are clad with brazing filler metal

coalescence— the growing together or growth intoone body of the materials being welded

complete fusion— fusion which has occurred over theentire base material surfaces intended for welding, andbetween all layers and passes

composite— a material consisting of two or morediscrete materials with each material retaining its physi-cal identity

consumable insert— filler metal that is placed at thejoint root before welding, and is intended to be com-pletely fused into the root to become part of the weld

contact tube— a device which transfers current to acontinuous electrode

corner joint — a joint between two members locatedapproximately at right angles to each other in the formof an L

coupon— see test coupon

crack — a fracture-type discontinuity characterized bya sharp tip and high ratio of length and width toopening displacement

defect — a discontinuity or discontinuities that bynature or accumulated effect (for example, total cracklength) render a part or product unable to meet minimumapplicable acceptance standards or specifications. Thisterm designates rejectability. See also discontinuityand flaw.

direct current electrode negative (DCEN)— the ar-rangement of direct current arc welding leads in whichthe electrode is the negative pole and the workpieceis the positive pole of the welding arc

direct current electrode positive (DCEP)— the arrange-ment of direct current arc welding leads in which theelectrode is the positive pole and the workpiece is thenegative pole of the welding arc

discontinuity— an interruption of the typical structureof a material, such as a lack of homogeneity in itsmechanical, metallurgical, or physical characteristics.A discontinuity is not necessarily a defect. See alsodefect and flaw.

double-welded joint— a joint that is welded fromboth sides


QW/QB-492 1998 SECTION IX QW/QB-492

double-welded lap joint— a lap joint in which theoverlapped edges of the members to be joined arewelded along the edges of both members

dwell — the time during which the electrode rests atany point in each oscillating swing or traverse

electrode, arc welding— a component of the weldingcircuit through which current is conducted

electrode, bare— a filler metal electrode that has beenproduced as a wire, strip, or bar with no coating orcovering other than that incidental to its manufactureor preservation

electrode, carbon— a nonfiller material electrode usedin arc welding and cutting, consisting of a carbon orgraphite rod, which may be coated with copper orother materials

electrode, composite— any of a number of multicompo-nent filler metal electrodes in various physical forms,such as stranded wires, tubes, and covered wire

electrode, covered— a composite filler metal electrodeconsisting of a core of a bare electrode or metal-coredelectrode to which a covering sufficient to provide aslag layer on the weld metal has been applied. Thecovering may contain materials providing such functionsas shielding from the atmosphere, deoxidation, and arcstabilization, and can serve as a source of metallicadditions to the weld.

electrode, electroslag welding— a filler metal compo-nent of the welding circuit through which current isconducted between the electrode guiding member andthe molten slag

NOTE: Bare electrodes and composite electrodes as defined underarc welding electrode are used for electroslag welding. A consumableguide may also be used as part of the electroslag welding electrodesystem.

electrode, emissive— a filler metal electrode consistingof a core of a bare electrode or a composite electrodeto which a very light coating has been applied toproduce a stable arc

electrode, flux-cored— a composite filler metal elec-trode consisting of a metal tube or other hollow configu-ration containing ingredients to provide such functionsas shielding atmosphere, deoxidation, arc stabilization,and slag formation. Alloying materials may be includedin the core. External shielding may or may not be used.

electrode, lightly coated— a filler metal electrodeconsisting of a metal wire with a light coating appliedsubsequent to the drawing operation, primarily forstabilizing the arc

178

electrode, metal— a filler or nonfiller metal electrodeused in arc welding and cutting that consists of a metalwire or rod that has been manufactured by any methodand that is either bare or covered

electrode, metal-cored— a composite filler metal elec-trode consisting of a metal tube or other hollow configu-ration containing alloying ingredients. Minor amountsof ingredients providing such functions as arc stabiliza-tion and fluxing of oxides may be included. Externalshielding gas may or may not be used.

electrode, resistance welding— the part of a resistancewelding machine through which the welding currentand, in most cases, force are applied directly to theworkpiece. The electrode may be in the form of arotating wheel, rotating roll, bar, cylinder, plate, clamp,chuck, or modification thereof.

electrode, stranded— a composite filler metal electrodeconsisting of stranded wires which may mechanicallyenclose materials to improve properties, stabilize thearc, or provide shielding

electrode, tungsten— a nonfiller metal electrode usedin arc welding, arc cutting, and plasma spraying, madeprincipally of tungsten

face feed— the application of filler metal to the joint,usually by hand, during brazing and soldering or welding

ferrite number— an arbitrary, standardized value desig-nating the ferrite content of an austenitic stainless steelweld metal. It should be used in place of percentferrite or volume percent ferrite on a direct one-to-onereplacement basis. See the latest edition of AWS A4.2,Standard Procedures for Calibrating Magnetic Instru-ments to Measure the Delta Ferrite Content of AusteniticStainless Steel Weld Metal.

filler metal — the metal or alloy to be added in makinga welded, brazed, or soldered joint

filler metal, brazing— the metal or alloy used as afiller metal in brazing, which has a liquidus above450°C (840°F) and below the solidus of the base metal

filler metal, powder— filler metal in particle form

filler metal, supplemental— in electroslag welding orin a welding process in which there is an arc betweenone or more consumable electrodes and the workpiece,a powder, solid, or composite material that is introducedinto the weld other than the consumable electrode(s)

fillet weld — a weld of approximately triangular crosssection joining two surfaces approximately at rightangles to each other in a lap joint, tee joint, orcorner joint

flaw — an undesirable discontinuity. See also defect.



flux (brazing)— material used to prevent, dissolve, orfacilitate removal of oxides and other undesirable sur-face substances

flux (welding) — a fusible mineral material which ismelted by the welding heat. Fluxes may be granularor solid coatings. Fluxes serve to stabilize the weldingarc, shield all or part of the molten weld pool fromthe atmosphere, and may or may not evolve shieldinggas by decomposition. Flux melted during welding iscalled slag.

flux, active (SAW)— a flux from which the amountof elements deposited in the weld metal is dependentupon the welding conditions, primarily arc voltage

flux, alloy (SAW)— a flux which provides alloyingelements in the weld metal deposit

flux, neutral (SAW)— a flux which will not cause asignificant change in the weld metal composition whenthere is a large change in the arc voltage

flux cover— metal bath dip brazing and dip soldering.A layer of molten flux over the molten filler metal bath.

forehand welding— a welding technique in which thewelding torch or gun is directed toward the progressof welding

frequency— the completed number of cycles whichthe oscillating head makes in 1 min or other specifiedtime increment

fuel gas — a gas such as acetylene, natural gas,hydrogen, propane, stabilized methylacetylene propa-diene, and other fuels normally used with oxygen inone of the oxyfuel processes and for heating

fused spray deposit (thermal spraying)— a self-fluxingthermal spray deposit which is subsequently heated tocoalescence within itself and with the substrate

fusion (fusion welding)— the melting together of fillermetal and base metal, or of base metal only, to producea weld

fusion line — in a weldment, the interface betweenweld metal and base metal, or between base metalparts when filler metal is not used

gas backing— see backing gas

globular transfer (arc welding)— a type of metaltransfer in which molten filler metal is transferredacross the arc in large droplets

groove weld— a weld made in a groove formed withina single member or in the groove between two membersto be joined. The standard types of groove weld areas follows:

179

square groove weldsingle-Vee groove weldsingle-bevel groove weldsingle-U groove weldsingle-J groove weldsingle-flare-bevel groove weldsingle-flare-Vee groove welddouble-Vee groove welddouble-bevel groove welddouble-U groove welddouble-J groove welddouble-flare-bevel groove welddouble-flare-Vee groove weld

heat-affected zone— that portion of the base metalwhich has not been melted, but whose mechanicalproperties or microstructures have been altered by theheat of welding or cutting

interpass temperature— the highest temperature inthe weld joint immediately prior to welding, or in thecase of multiple pass welds, the highest temperaturein the section of the previously deposited weld metal,immediately before the next pass is started

joint — the junction of members or the edges ofmembers which are to be joined or have been joined

joint penetration— the distance the weld metal extendsfrom the weld face into a joint, exclusive of weldreinforcement

keyhole welding— a technique in which a concentratedheat source penetrates partially or completely througha workpiece, forming a hole (keyhole) at the leadingedge of the weld pool. As the heat source progresses,the molten metal fills in behind the hole to form theweld bead.

lap or overlap — the distance measured between theedges of two plates when overlapping to form the joint

lap joint — a joint between two overlapping membersin parallel planes

lower transformation temperature— the temperatureat which austenite begins to form during heating

melt-in— a technique of welding in which the intensityof a concentrated heat source is so adjusted that aweld pass can be produced from filler metal added tothe leading edge of the molten weld metal

overlay, corrosion-resistant weld metal— depositionof one or more layers of weld metal to the surface ofa base material in an effort to improve the corrosionresistance properties of the surface. This would beapplied at a level above the minimum design thickness asa nonstructural component of the overall wall thickness.



overlay, hardfacing weld metal— deposition of oneor more layers of weld metal to the surface of amaterial in an effort to improve the wear resistanceproperties of the surface. This would be applied at a levelabove the minimum design thickness as a nonstructuralcomponent of the overall wall thickness.

overlay, weld metal— one or more layers of weldmetal on the surface of a base metal to obtain desiredproperties and/or dimensions

oxyfuel gas cutting (OFC)— a group of cutting pro-cesses used to sever metals by means of the chemicalreaction of oxygen with the base metal at elevatedtemperatures. The necessary temperature is maintainedby means of gas flames obtained from the combustionof a specified fuel gas and oxygen.

pass— a single progression of a welding or surfacingoperation along a joint, weld deposit, or substrate. Theresult of a pass is a weld bead or layer.

pass, cover— a final or cap pass(es) on the face ofa weld

pass, filler — term used, usually in pipe welding, todescribe the pass(es) between the hot pass and thecover pass

pass, hot— term used, usually in pipe welding, todescribe the bead placed just over the root bead

pass, wash— pass to correct minor surface aberrationsand/or prepare the surface for nondestructive testing

peel test— a destructive method of testing that mechani-cally separates a lap joint by peeling

peening — the mechanical working of metals usingimpact blows

performance qualification— the demonstration of awelder’s or welding operator’s ability to produce weldsmeeting prescribed standards

plug weld — a circular weld made through a hole inone member of a lap or tee joint, joining that memberto the other. The walls of the hole may or may notbe parallel, and the hole may be partially or completelyfilled with weld metal. (A fillet-welded hole or a spotweld should not be construed as conforming to thisdefinition.)

polarity, reverse— the arrangement of direct currentarc welding leads with the work as the negative poleand the electrode as the positive pole of the weldingarc; a synonym for direct current electrode positive

polarity, straight — the arrangement of direct currentarc welding leads in which the work is the positivepole and the electrode is the negative pole of the

180

welding arc; a synonym for direct current electrodenegative

postbraze heat treatment— any heat treatment subse-quent to brazing

postheating— the application of heat to an assemblyafter welding, brazing, soldering, thermal spraying, orthermal cutting

postweld heat treatment— any heat treatment subse-quent to welding

powder — see filler metal, powder

preheat maintenance— practice of maintaining theminimum specified preheat temperature, or some speci-fied higher temperature for some required time intervalafter welding or thermal spraying is finished or untilpost weld heat treatment is initiated

preheat temperature— the minimum temperature inthe weld joint preparation immediately prior to thewelding; or in the case of multiple pass welds, theminimum temperature in the section of the previouslydeposited weld metal, immediately prior to welding

preheating— the application of heat to the base metalimmediately before a welding or cutting operation toachieve a specified minimum preheat temperature

pulsed power welding— any arc welding method inwhich the power is cyclically programmed to pulse sothat effective but short duration values of a parametercan be utilized. Such short duration values are signifi-cantly different from the average value of the parameter.Equivalent terms are pulsed voltage or pulsed currentwelding. See also pulsed spray welding.

pulsed spray welding— an arc welding process variationin which the current is pulsed to utilize the advantagesof the spray mode of metal transfer at average currentsequal to or less than the globular to spray transitioncurrent

rabbet joint — typical design is indicated in QB-462.1(c), QB-462.4, QB-463.1(c), and QB-463.2(a)

retainer— nonconsumable material, metallic or nonme-tallic, which is used to contain or shape molten weldmetal. See backing.

seal weld— any weld designed primarily to providea specific degree of tightness against leakage

seam weld— a continuous weld made between orupon overlapping members in which coalescence maystart and occur on the faying surfaces, or may haveproceeded from the surface of one member. The continu-ous weld may consist of a single weld bead or a seriesof overlapping spot welds. See resistance welding.



short-circuiting transfer (gas metal-arc welding)—metal transfer in which molten metal from a consumableelectrode is deposited during repeated short circuits.See also globular transfer and spray transfer.

single-welded joint— a joint welded from one side only

single-welded lap joint— a lap joint in which theoverlapped edges of the members to be joined arewelded along the edge of one member only

slag inclusion— nonmetallic solid material entrappedin weld metal or between weld metal and base metal

specimen— refer to test specimen

spot weld— a weld made between or upon overlappingmembers in which coalescence may start and occur onthe faying surfaces or may proceed from the outersurface of one member. The weld cross section (planview) is approximately circular.

spray-fuse — a method of surfacing consisting ofdepositing finely divided particles of material in themolten or semimolten condition onto a base metalsurface followed by the application of heat to fusethe particles and form a metallurgical bond with thebase metal

spray transfer (arc welding)— metal transfer in whichmolten metal from a consumable electrode is propelledaxially across the arc in small droplets

stringer bead— a type of weld bead made withoutappreciable weaving motion. See also weave bead.

surfacing — the application by welding, brazing, orthermal spraying of a layer(s) of material to a surfaceto obtain desired properties or dimensions, as opposedto making a joint

tee joint (T) — a joint between two members locatedapproximately at right angles to each other in the formof a T

test coupon— a weld or braze assembly for procedureor performance qualification testing. The coupon maybe any product from plate, pipe, tube, etc., and maybe a fillet weld, overlay, deposited weld metal, etc.

test specimen— a sample of a test coupon for specifictest. The specimen may be a bend test, tension test,impact test, chemical analysis, macrotest, etc. A speci-men may be a complete test coupon, for example, inradiographic testing or small diameter pipe tensiontesting.

thermal cutting (TC)— a group of cutting processesthat severs or removes metal by localized melting,burning, or vaporizing of the workpieces

181

throat, actual (of fillet)— the shortest distance fromthe root of a fillet weld to its face

throat, effective (of fillet)— the minimum distanceminus any reinforcement from the root of a weld toits face

throat, theoretical (of fillet)— the distance from thebeginning of the root of the joint perpendicular to thehypotenuse of the largest right triangle that can beinscribed within the fillet-weld cross section

undercut— a groove melted into the base metal adjacentto the weld toe or weld root and left unfilled byweld metal

upper transformation temperature— the temperatureat which transformation of the ferrite to austenite iscompleted during heating

usability— a measure of the relative ease of applicationof a filler metal to make a sound weld or braze joint

weave bead— a type of weld bead made with transverseof a T oscillation

weld — a localized coalescence of metals or nonmetalsproduced either by heating the materials to the weldingtemperature, with or without the application of pressure,or by the application of pressure alone and with orwithout the use of filler material

weld, autogenous— a fusion weld made without fil-ler metal

weld bead— a weld deposit resulting from a pass.See stringer bead and weave bead.

weld face — the exposed surface of a weld on theside from which welding was done

weld metal— that portion of a weld which has beenmelted during welding

weld reinforcement— weld metal on the face or rootof a groove weld in excess of the metal necessary forthe specified weld size

weld size: groove welds— the depth of chamferingplus any penetration beyond the chamfering, resultingin the strength carrying dimension of the weld

weld size: for equal leg fillet welds— the leg lengthsof the largest isosceles right triangle which can beinscribed within the fillet weld cross section

weld size: for unequal leg fillet welds— the leg lengthsof the largest right triangle which can be inscribedwithin the fillet weld cross section

welder — one who performs manual or semiautomaticwelding



welding, arc stud (SW)— an arc welding process thatuses an arc between a metal stud, or similar part, andthe other workpiece. The process is used without fillermetal, with or without shielding gas or flux, with orwithout partial shielding from a ceramic or graphiteferrule surrounding the stud, and with the applicationof pressure after the faying surfaces are sufficientlyheated.

welding, automatic— welding with equipment whichperforms the welding operation without adjustment ofthe controls by a welding operator. The equipment mayor may not perform the loading and unloading of thework. See machine welding.

welding, consumable guide electroslag— an electroslagwelding process variation in which filler metal is sup-plied by an electrode and its guiding member

welding, electrogas (EGW)— an arc welding processthat uses an arc between a continuous filler metalelectrode and the weld pool, employing approximatelyvertical welding progression with retainers to confinethe molten weld metal. The process is used with orwithout an externally supplied shielding gas and withoutthe application of pressure. The electrodes may beeither flux cored or solid. Shielding for use with solidelectrodes is obtained from a gas or gas mixture.Shielding for use with flux-cored electrodes may ormay not be obtained from an externally supplied gasor mixture.

welding, electron beam (EBW)— a welding processthat produces coalescence with a concentrated beamcomposed primarily of high velocity electrons, imping-ing on the joint. The process is used without shieldinggas and without the application of pressure.

welding, electroslag (ESW)— a welding process pro-ducing coalescence of metals with molten slag whichmelts the filler metal and the surfaces of the work tobe welded. The molten weld pool is shielded by thisslag which moves along the full cross section of thejoint as welding progresses. The process is initiatedby an arc which heats the slag. The arc is thenextinguished and the conductive slag is maintained ina molten condition by its resistance to electric currentpassing between the electrode and the work. See electro-slag welding electrode and consumable guide electroslagwelding.

welding, flux-cored arc (FCAW)— a gas metal-arcwelding process that uses an arc between a continuousfiller metal electrode and the weld pool. The processis used with shielding gas from a flux contained withinthe tubular electrode, with or without additional

182

shielding from an externally supplied gas, and withoutthe application of pressure.

welding, friction (FRW)— a solid state welding processthat produces a weld under compressive force contactof workpieces rotating or moving relative to one anotherto produce heat and plastically displace material fromthe faying surfaces

welding, friction, inertia and continuous drive— pro-cesses and types of friction welding (solid state weldingprocess) wherein coalescence is produced after heatingis obtained from mechanically induced sliding motionbetween rubbing surfaces held together under pressure.Inertia welding utilizes all of the kinetic energy storedin a revolving flywheel spindle system. Continuousdrive friction welding utilizes the energy provided bya continuous drive source such as an electric or hydraulicmotor.

welding, gas metal-arc (GMAW)— an arc weldingprocess that uses an arc between a continuous fillermetal electrode and the weld pool. The process is usedwith shielding from an externally supplied gas andwithout the application of pressure.

welding, gas metal-arc, pulsed arc (GMAW-P)— avariation of the gas metal-arc welding process in whichthe current is pulsed. See also pulsed power welding.

welding, gas metal-arc, short-circuiting arc (GMAW-S) — a variation of the gas metal-arc welding processin which the consumable electrode is deposited duringrepeated short circuits. See also short-circuiting transfer.

welding, gas tungsten-arc (GTAW)— an arc weldingprocess which produces coalescence of metals by heat-ing them with an arc between a tungsten (nonconsum-able) electrode and the work. Shielding is obtainedfrom a gas or gas mixture. Pressure may or may notbe used and filler metal may or may not be used.(This process has sometimes been called TIG welding,a nonpreferred term.)

welding, gas tungsten-arc, pulsed arc (GTAW-P)— avariation of the gas tungsten-arc welding process inwhich the current is pulsed. See also pulsed powerwelding.

welding, induction (IW)— a welding process thatproduces coalescence of metals by the heat obtainedfrom resistance of the workpieces to the flow of inducedhigh frequency welding current with or without theapplication of pressure. The effect of the high-frequencywelding current is to concentrate the welding heat atthe desired location.

welding, laser beam (LBW)— a welding process whichproduces coalescence of materials with the heat obtained



from the application of a concentrated coherent lightbeam impinging upon the members to be joined

welding, machine— welding with equipment whichperforms the welding operation under the constantobservation and control of a welding operator. Theequipment may or may not perform the loading andunloading of the work. See automatic welding.

welding, manual— welding wherein the entire weldingoperation is performed and controlled by hand

welding, operator— one who operates machine orautomatic welding equipment

welding, oxyfuel gas (OFW)— a group of weldingprocesses which produces coalescence by heating mate-rials with an oxyfuel gas flame or flames, with orwithout the application of pressure, and with or withoutthe use of filler metal

welding, plasma-arc (PAW)— an arc welding processwhich produces coalescence of metals by heating themwith a constricted arc between an electrode and theworkpiece (transferred arc), or the electrode and theconstricting nozzle (nontransferred arc). Shielding isobtained from the hot, ionized gas issuing from thetorch orifice which may be supplemented by an auxiliarysource of shielding gas. Shielding gas may be an inertgas or a mixture of gases. Pressure may or may notbe used, and filler metal may or may not be supplied.

welding, projection (PW)— a resistance welding pro-cess that produces coalescence by the heat obtainedfrom the resistance of the flow of welding current. Theresulting welds are localized at predetermined points byprojections, embossments, or intersections. The metals tobe joined lap over each other.

welding, resistance (RW)— a group of welding pro-cesses that produces coalescence of the faying surfaceswith the heat obtained from resistance of the workpiecesto the flow of the welding current in a circuit of whichthe workpieces are a part, and by the application ofpressure

welding, resistance seam (RSEW)— a resistance weld-ing process that produces a weld at the faying surfaces

182.1

of overlapped parts progressively along a length of ajoint. The weld may be made with overlapping weldnuggets, a continuous weld nugget, or by forging thejoint as it is heated to the welding temperature byresistance to the flow of the welding current.

welding, resistance spot (RSW)— a resistance weldingprocess that produces a weld at the faying surfaces ofa joint by the heat obtained from resistance to theflow of welding current through the workpieces fromelectrodes that serve to concentrate the welding currentand pressure at the weld area

welding, resistance stud— a resistance welding processwherein coalescence is produced by the heat obtainedfrom resistance to electric current at the interface be-tween the stud and the workpiece, until the surfacesto be joined are properly heated, when they are broughttogether under pressure

welding, semiautomatic arc— arc welding with equip-ment which controls only the filler metal feed. Theadvance of the welding is manually controlled.

welding, shielded metal-arc (SMAW)— an arc weldingprocess with an arc between a covered electrode andthe weld pool. The process is used with shielding fromthe decomposition of the electrode covering, withoutthe application of pressure, and with filler metal fromthe electrode

welding, stud— a general term for the joining of ametal stud or similar part to a workpiece. Weldingmay be accomplished by arc, resistance, friction, orother suitable process with or without external gasshielding.

welding, submerged-arc (SAW)— an arc welding pro-cess that uses an arc or arcs between a bare metalelectrode or electrodes and the weld pool. The arc andmolten metal are shielded by a blanket of granular fluxon the workpieces. The process is used without pressureand with filler metal from the electrode and sometimesfrom a supplemental source (welding rod, flux, or metalgranules).

weldment— an assembly whose constituent parts arejoined by welding, or parts which contain weld metaloverlay

part qw welding - daum

Documents